
Transactions
of the
Royal Society of New Zealand
Volume 88, (Quarterly Issue), Part 4.
Issued February, 1961.
Published by the Royal Society of New Zealand,
Victoria University of Wellington. P.O. Box 196,
Wellington, New Zealand
Editor: J. T. Salmon, D.Sc., F.R.S.N.Z., F.R.E.S.
Associate Editor:
Sir Charles Cotton, D.Sc., Hon. LL.D., A.O.S.M.,
F.G.S., F.R.S.N.Z.
London Agent:
High Commissioner for New Zealand, 415 Strand, London, W.C.2.
Printed by Otage Daily Times and Witness Newspapers Co., Ltd.,
Dunedin, New Zealand.

The Stratigraphy and Structure of the Blair Atholl—Ben
a' Gloe Area, Perthshire, Scotland
[Received by the Editor, May 19, 1960.]
Abstract
This paper describes an investigation of the stratigraphical and tectonic relationships of the Dalradian and Moinian rocks in the Blair Atholl-Ben a' Gloe area of Perthshire. The rocks are dommantly metasediments (quartzites, limestones, and schists), whose metamorphic grade is late garnet zone to early kyanite zone Igneous intrusions are numerous, but are subordinate in bulk and will not be described here. The metasediments, together with some of the igneous intrusions, have been extensively folded and faulted, the most conspicuous result of these movements being a series of strongly compressed isoclinal folds with planes dipping to the south and east.
The area can be divided into four tectonic zones, bounded by the branches of the Loch Tay Fault System and by an important slide which runs across the area from lower Glen Fender to Loch Loch, and for which the name “Carn Liath Slide” is proposed. In each of the four tectonic zones, the metasediments form a characteristic lithological sequence. Most of the names used by previous workers for the various lithological units have been found to be unsatisfactory, and a number of new names are proposed, the names being based on type localities within the area rather than assumed correlations with successions in other districts.
The proposed successions are:
Zone I
-
Killiecrankie Schist.
-
Shierglas Limestone.
-
Tomnabroilach Schists.
-
Monzie Limestone.
-
Monzie Schists.
Zones II and III
-
Coire Rainich Phyllites.
-
Ben'Gloe Quartzite.
-
Kirkton of Lude Boulder Bed (local)
-
Coire Fhiann Group.
-
Shierglas Limestone.
-
Craig-choinnich Quartzite (very local)
-
Tomnabroilach Schists.
Zone IV
-
Glen Banvie Series.
-
Struan Flags.
There is little doubt that these formations, as listed above, are in stratigraphical order, with the youngest at the top. Stratigraphical correlation from one zone to another presents a number of problems, and the various possibilities are discussed in this paper, together with the relationship of the Ben a' Gloe and Schiehalhon successions. There are lithological differences between the structural zones of the Schiehalhon sector that closely resembles the differences between the zones at Ben a' Gloe, and it is quite possible that some of these differences are to be explained in terms of facies variations within the original sediments. Crustal shortening during deformation has been quite sufficient to bring successions originally deposited some distance apart (and differing in facies) into close proximity.
Schistosity is well-developed in the pelitic and semi-pelitic rocks, but is rare in the quartzites and limestones; lineation is common in all rock types except limestones. In schists, limestones, and thin-banded quartzites, the lineation is “b-type”, and is often associated with minor folding. The trend of b-lineation and folding is WNW–ESE (with a scatter from E–W to SE–NW) in the schists and limestones, and NE–SW to ENE–WSW in the thin-banded quartzites. In the massive and pebbly quartzites, an “a-type” lineation trending WNW–ESE (with a scatter from E–W to SE–NW) is fairly common.

The rocks of the area have been affected by several phases of folding and faulting. These phases appear to have taken place in the following order:
| (1) |
Folding on NE–SW axes, resulting in the formation of major isoclinal folds overturned to the NW, together with a series of minor folds that are now visible only in the quartzites. The a-lineation in the massive quartzites was probably developed during this phase. |
| (2) |
Sliding—i.e., the formation of a series of more or less concordant fractures, whose most obvious effect is the local production of anomalous lithological successions. |
| (3) |
Torsional movements about vertical axes. |
| (4) |
Major and minor folding in the schists and limestones, on axes plunging towards the SE quadrant, accompanied by lateral stretching and boudinage of the larger quartzite masses. This phase of deformation probably destroyed or scattered any folds with a NE–SW trend in the schists and limestones. |
| (5) |
Renewed but more gentle folding on NE–SW axes. |
| (6) |
Faulting—i.e., the formation of a series of late-stage discordant fractures, with steep dips. The most important faults (those of the Loch Tay Fault System) are mainly transcurrent, with a sinistral displacement. It is likely that the minor folds of phase (4) and the a-lineation in the massive quartzites originally had a NW–SE trend, and sinistral shearing associated with the Loch Tay Fault System may have been responsible for rotating them into their present position. |
On a broad scale, the rocks are in normal stratigraphical succession over the whole area, although they are inverted in the overturned limbs of the isoclinal folds. The general order of succession was determined in Zone I by the direct observation of plunge in the resistant contact rocks at the Crochton, and in Zone II by observations on the plunge of minor folds in the Ben a' Gloe Quartzite. Numerous isoclinal fold cores can be recognised in Zone I, but none are of sufficient importance to receive separate names. The fold cores in Zone II are fewer and larger, and form a structural succession consisting of two synforms separated by an antiform, for which the following names are proposed: Ben a' Gloe Synform; Glen Fender Antiform; Meall Bhlair Synform.
These three fold cores can be recognised in Zone III, but no major isoclinal fold cores have been delineated in Zone IV.
This interpretation partially disagrees with that put forward by Bailey (1925), who concluded that in the part of the area called “Zone II” by the present writer, the rocks were in reversed succession. Bailey interpreted the Ben a' Gloe, Glen Fender, and Meall Bhlair-Meall Gruaim fold cores respectively as an antiform, a synform, and an antiform (Bailey, 1925, p. 696, and map with diagrammatic sections).
The folds of phase (1), or “primary major folds”, together with the slides of phase (2), have been considerably distorted by the movements of phases (3) to (5). The larger structures developed during phases (3) to (5) will be termed “secondary major folds”; these have played an important part in determining the present form and trend of the various lithological outcrops.
Contents
| I. |
Introduction and History of Previous Work. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| II. |
Stratigraphy.
|

|
|||||||||||||||
| III. |
Minor Structures.
|
||||||||||||||
| IV. |
Major Structures.
|
||||||||||||||
| V. |
Summary and Conclusions. |
||||||||||||||
| VI. |
References. |
I. Introduction and History of Previous Work
The area to be described (Figs. 1 and 2) lies in the north Perthshire Highlands, and extends from the River Garry, in the region of Blair Atholl, to Glen Loch, about nine miles to the north-east. The north-western boundary of the area follows the River Tilt from the mouth of An Lochain southwards to Gilbert's Bridge, and continues west of the Tilt across lower Glen Banvie to Woodend, two miles west of Blair Atholl. The south-eastern boundary of the area is formed by the type outcrop of the Killiecrankie Schist.
Much of the ground is high moorland, the main exceptions being the Ben a' Gloe range in the north, where there are three main summits over three thousand feet in height, and the deep glen of the Tilt.
The rocks of the district were first mapped and described by the Geological Survey. Most of the present map area lies in the northern part of Sheet 55, but a small part overlaps on to Sheet 64. The rocks within this area belong very largely to the Dalradian series, but the Struan Flags (Moinian) are encountered in the west. Both pre-tectonic and post-tectonic igneous rocks occur, but are minor in bulk and will not be described here.
The earliest stratigraphical and structural interpretations covering the area under discussion were put forward by the Geological Survey in the Memoirs to Sheets 55 and 64. Bailey, in his 1925 paper on the Loch Tummel, Blair Atholl, and Glen Shee district, also covered the present area and proposed a new stratigraphical succession with several modifications. At a later date, he was also able to confirm his earlier views on the age relationships of the various members (1930, p. 92). His main stratigraphical divisions and their relative positions in the sequence are now generally accepted.
In the Schiehallion district, E. M. Anderson (1923) followed by Bailey and McCallien (1937) subdivided the two lowest members of the Dabradian as follows:
[The section below cannot be correctly rendered as it contains complex formatting. See the image of the page for a more accurate rendering.]
| Carn Mairg Quartzite | ||
| Perthshire Quartzite Series | Killiecrankie Schist | |
| Schiehallion Quartzite | ||
| (Schiehallion Boulder Bed) | ||
| White Limestone | ||
| Blair Atholl Series | Pale Group | Banded Group |
| Dark Group | Grey Limestone | |
| Dark Schist |

Fig 1. —Blair Atholl-Ben a' Gloe area, western half. Readings give the direct plunge of minor folds or lineation when these alone were recorded, but otherwise refer to the schistosity or lithological banding. Double arrows refer to the positions of readings.
Note. —The small outcrop ⅛ mile E.S.E. of Meall Gruaim summit is Coire Fhiann Group. The western boundary of the narrow band of quartzite ⅔ mile N.E. of Meall Dail-min should be shown as a heavy line (fault).

In the Blair Atholl-Ben a' Gloe area Bailey (1925) correlated various outcrops with the Schiehalhon Quartzite and others with the Killiecrankie Schist, but no rocks north-west of the type Killiecrankie Schist outcrop were referred to the Carn Mairg Quartzite. He also divided the Blair Atholl Series into a Pale Group (next to the Quartzite Series) and a Dark Group, but did not subdivide these further. His map indicates the mutual boundary of the Pale and Dark Groups over much of the area, but shows a few zones in the Blair Atholl Series that are not definitely allocated to either division. A later small-scale map by Bailey and McCallien (1937, p. 92) shows the Pale Group outcrop divided into White Limestone and Banded Group, but the Dark Group remains as a unit. The subdivisions of the Quartzite Series and the Blair Atholl Series in the present area, and their relationship to the Schiehallion succession, will be discussed in this paper.
The structure of the area was interpreted by Bailey as consisting essentially of a single large recumbent fold, with secondary folds superimposed on the limbs. The type outcrop of the Killiecrankie Schist, together with the underlying Blair Atholl Series immediately to the north and west, were taken to represent the upper, normal limb. The quartzite outcrops of Ben a' Gloe and Meall Gruaim were interpreted as secondary antiforms overturned towards the north-west and superimposed on the reversed limb of the mam recumbent fold. The latter was assumed to close below ground to the south-east of the type Killiecrankie Schist outcrop. The work on which this paper is based made it clear that the structural as well as the stratigraphical problems of the area needed some reconsideration.
Regional metamorphism of all rocks in the area has progressed well beyond the garnet isograd, both kyanite and staurolite occurring sporadically within the pelitic formations.
The writer remapped the area on a scale of six inches to a mile. The exposures are usually moderately good, but vary from crags and scars in which the rocks are almost completely exposed to drift-covered moorland with no outcrops except in a few stream-sections.
Maps of the western and eastern parts of the area are presented in Figs. 1 and 2.
II Stratigraphy
1. Introduction
The rocks to be described are affected by two principal tectonic discontinuities:
(i) The Loch Tay Fault System. A single fault runs down upper Glen Tilt, but divides near Clachghlas into two major sub-parallel branches, both of which persist until they finally reunite two and a half miles south-west of Blair Atholl. These and the other structures termed “faults” in this paper appear to be post-deformational; they possess steep or vertical tips, and are discordant with respect to the lithological banding and/or schistosity in the adjoining rocks.
(ii) The Carn Liath Slide, a line of discontinuity running from lower Glen Fender to Carn Liath and continuing along the eastern boundary of the Ben a' Gloe quartzite. The discontinuities referred to as “slides” in this paper appear to be para-deformational, and are largely concordant with the lithological banding or schistosity of the rocks on either side.
These two discontinuities divide the rocks of the area into four main tectonic units: (see diagrammatic map, Fig. 3).
I. East of the Loch Tay Fault System, and south-east of the Carn Liath Slide.
II. East of the Loch Tay Fault System, and north-west of the Carn Liath Slide.
III. Between the branches of the Loch Tay Fault, south-west of Clachglas.
IV. North-west of the Loch Tay Fault System.
In all four zones, there occur quartzites, schists and limestones; the great majority of these rocks possess lithological banding and/or schistosity, both of which con-

sistently dip to the south or east at a moderate angle, and it is evident that they are involved in strong isoclinal folding.
On the basis of lithological mapping, the rocks have been divided by the writer into a number of different formations, some of which correspond to formations recognised by Bailey (1925) while others do not. The writer has renamed some formations on the basis of type locality rather than lithology alone, as purely lithological names take no account of any variations which may be found as the formations are traced across country, and do not allow for the possibility (borne out in practice) of similar rock-types being found at more than one stratigraphical horizon.
The general characteristics of the various formations will now be summarised.
2. Description of Formations.
| a. |
Coire Rainich Phyllites. Dark phyllites and fine-grained schists. Mineralogy: Muscovite and quartz dominant, with subordinate garnet, biotite, and acid plagioclase, and accessory graphite. Kyanite is uncommon, but locally abundant. Texture: Normally fine-grained, with a well-developed uniform schistosity; medium-grained types occur around Bealach an Fhiodhe. Previous Terminology: Correlated with the Killiecrankie Schist by Bailey (1925) and by Bailey and McCallien (1937). Named for Coire Rainich, a corrie about two miles north-east of Forest Lodge, Glen Tilt. |
| b. |
Ben a' Gloe Quartzite. (i) Near the Blair Atholl Series: fine-grained massive quartzite, with few micaceous partings. Subordinate acid plagioclase is common, but microcline is rare. (ii) Central part: massive quartzite with numerous felspar-rich bands, and few micaceous partings. Both microcline and acid plagioclase are common. Pebbly bands are frequent, and cross-bedding is occasionally preserved (cf. Gregory, 1931, p. 112). (iii) Near the Coire Rainich Phyllites: fine-grained quartzite with numerous micaceous bands. Muscovite is common, but microcline is virtually absent. Texture: Granular, with little or no schistosity except in pelitic partings. Previous Terminology: Correlated with the Schiehalhon Quartzite by Bailey (1925) and by Bailey and McCallien (1937). Named for the mountain Ben a' Gloe. |
| c. |
Killiecrankie Schist. Semipelitic schist with subordinate bands of pelitic schist and quartzite, inter-banded on scales ranging from a few metres to several tens of metres. Mineralogy of Semipelitic Types: Quartz dominant, with abundant muscovite, and subordinate biotite and acid plagioclase. Mineralogy of Pelitic Types: Muscovite and quartz dominant, with subordinate biotite, garnet, and acid plagioclase. Mineralogy of Quartzites: Quartz, with subordinate acid plagioclase and muscovite. Subordinate potash felspar is also occasionally present. Textures: The quartzites are normally fine-grained and massive, with little or no schistosity, whereas the pelitic types are medium-grained with a well-developed schistosity; the semipelitic types are intermediate in texture between the quartzites and the pelitic schists. Previous Terminology: The outcrop of the map is part of the type outcrop of the Killiecrankie Schist as defined by Bailey (1925) and accepted by Bailey and McCallien (1937). |
| d. |
Kirkton of Lude Boulder Bed. A calcareous schist containing rounded pebbles of pink alkali-granite, up to several inches in diameter. Mineralogy of Matrix: Calcite, quartz, biotite, and muscovite present in roughly similar proportions. Texture of Matrix: Medium-grained to coarse, with the schistosity often poorly developed and irregular. Previous Terminology: Correlated with the Schiehalhon Boulder Bed by Bailey (1925) and by Bailey and McCallien (1937). The writer has not been able to confirm the outcrop of Boulder Bed mentioned as occurring in the Fender section by Bailey and McCallien (1937 p. 92). Named for Kirkton of Lude, a croft on the west side of Glen Fender; the Boulder Bed was first discovered in this locality by Bailey (1925, p. 685). |

| e. |
Coire Fhiann Group. (i) Eastern type (found in the belt immediately west of the main Ben a' Gloe Quartzite outcrop): pelitic schist, frequently dark, accompanied by subordinate semipelitic schist and a small amount of impure white limestone. Mineralogy (Schists): Muscovite and quartz dominant, with subordinate garnet, biotite, and acid plagioclase. Accessory graphite is present in the dark varieties Kyanite occurs in a few localities. Texture: Medium-grained, with a well-developed schistosity. (ii) Western type (all outcrops other than the one described above): interbanded schists and flaggy semipelitic schists, with subordinate quartzites and white limestones. Individual schist bands may range up to several tens of metres in thickness, but the quartzites and limestones rarely exceed a few metres. The thinnest bands of all types range down to a few millimetres or less in thickness. Mineralogy of Pelitic Types: Muscovite and quartz dominant, with subordinate biotite and acid plagioclase, in the southern part of Zone II; in the northern part of Zone II, and in Zone III, the proportion of biotite is considerably higher, and both micas occur in comparable amounts. Subordinate garnet, calcite, hornblende, and disseminated graphite occur locally. Mineralogy of Semipelitic Types: Quartz dominant, with abundant muscovite, and subordinate biotite and acid plagioclase. The micas are generally concentrated in pelitic partings. Mineralogy of Quartzites: Quartz, with subordinate muscovite and acid plagioclase. Mineralogy of White Limestones: Dolomite, with subordinate calcite. Subordinate muscovite, biotite, and quartz often occur as local impurities. Textures: The pelitic and semipelitic types are normally rather fine-grained, with a well-developed and uniform schistosity. The quartzites (fine-grained) and limestones (medium to coarse-grained) rarely show any sign of schistosity except in pelitic partings. Previous Terminology: Mapped by Bailey (1925) in his Pale Group, and correlated further with the Banded Group of the Schiehallion area by Bailey and McCallien (1937). Named for Coire Fhiann, a corrie one mile south of Forest Lodge, Glen Tilt. |
| f. |
Shierglas Limestone. Grey limestone, with impure quartzopelitic bands up to a few centimetres in thickness. White bands occur in one belt of limestone just south of Shinagag. Mineralogy: Calcite, with accessory quartz, mica, graphite (except in the white bands mentioned above), and sometimes a mineral of the epidote group. Texture: Coarse to medium-grained, with little or no schistosity except in pelitic partings. Impure Bands: There are two types, one being schistose and medium-grained, with muscovite as the dominant mica, the other type is fine-grained and non-schistose, with biotite as the dominant mica, and shows the “calc-flinta” habit (Barrow et al., 1905, p. 43). Previous Terminology: Bailey (1925) mapped most of the Shierglas Limestone in his Dark Group, but included the following outcrops in his areas of doubtful Pale Group: (I) the outcrop with white bands near Shinagag, and (II) a few minor bands around Reinakyllich and the Crochton, which are found in the same area as non-graphitic types belonging to the Tomnabroilach Schists (see below). Named for the limestone quarry at Shierglas, one mile south-east of Blair Atholl and a quarter of a mile south of the Garry. The Craig-choinnich Quartzite, an unusual rock which is almost certainly a metamorphosed chert, occurs very locally along the Shierglas Limestone-Tomnabroilach Schists boundary on the east side of upper Glen Fender (Pantin, 1957). |
| g. |
Tomnabroilach Schists. (i) Zone I: Pelitic schists (frequently dark), accompanied by quartzose schists, calcareous schists, and thin bands of quartzite and limestone (white or grey) up to a few metres in thickness. The quartzose and calcareous types are usually very minor constituents in the assemblage, but become conspicuous south of a line running from Stac nam Bodach to Meall Mhor. Hornfelsed representatives of the Tomnabroilach Schists are found at the Crochton, just west of the Ben Vuirich granite. (ii) Zone II: Dark pelitic schists. Mineralogy (Schists): Muscovite and quartz normally dominant, with subordinate garnet, biotite, and acid plagioclase, accessory graphite in the dark varieties: Kyanite is un- |

|
common and staurolite rare, but these minerals are locally abundant. In Zone II north of Allt Torcaidh graphite becomes less conspicuous, and garnet almost disappears, while the proportion of biotite increases considerably. Mineralogy (Pelitic Hornfelses): Muscovite, biotite, and quartz dominant, with subordinate acid plagioclase and accessory graphite in the dark varieties. Subordinate garnet occurs locally. The micas are sometimes concentrated into ovoids which may represent pseudomorphs after cordierite, and scapolite is also found in places. Texture: Normally medium-grained, with a well-developed schistosity. Fine-grained phyllitic types are found north of Allt Torcaidh and in the Coire Lagain-Ruidh na Diollaide sector, and very fine-grained non-schistose hornfelses occur at the Crochton. Previous Terminology: Bailey (1925) mapped the majority of these rocks with his Dark Group, but parts of the area south of the line Stac nam Bodach-Meall Mhor, where non-graphitic types are conspicuous, were mapped by him as doubtful Pale Group. Named for Tomnabroilach, a croft in upper Glen Girnaig about half a mile north-west of the river. |
|
| h. |
Monzie Limestone. White magnesian limestone. Normal Mineralogy: Dolomite, sometimes with subordinate calcite or quartz. Accessory tremolite occurs locally, and subordinate muscovite and biotite are found in the northern part of Zone I as thin partings of schist. Mineralogy Near the Ben Vuirich Granite: The limestones of the Leacann Mhor outcrop contains a large proportion of calcite, which often predominates over dolomite, and tremolite, forsterite, and diopside (in non-dolomitic varieties) are all locally abundant, although these silicates are somewhat variable in their distribution. Chondrodite and spinel are also found in places. The rock must represent an impure dolomitic limestone, and the unusual mineral assemblage is probably due to thermal metamorphism by the Ben Vuirich granite. Texture: Coarse to medium-grained, with little or no schistosity; this applies to the limestone at Leacann Mhor as well as elsewhere. Previous Terminology: Bailey (1925) placed the Monzie Limestone in his Pale Group; Bailey and McCallien (1937) correlated it further with the White Limestone of the Schiehallion area. Named for Monzie, a farm on the east side of Glen Fender. |
| i. |
Monzie Schists. Semipelitic schists, with subordinate impure quartzites, pelitic schists, and calcareous schists, frequently banded on a scale of a few centimetres. Mineralogy: Quartz, muscovite, and biotite dominant, with subordinate acid plagioclase. Some bands contain a moderate quantity of calcite, while others contain a small amount of garnet. Texture: Usually fine-grained or even phyllitic, more rarely medium-grained; schistosity well-developed and uniform, particularly in the fine-grained varieties. This gives the rock a flaggy habit (cf Bailey, 1925, with reference to honestones). Previous Terminology: Bailey (1925) placed the Monzie Schists in his Pale Group; Bailey and McCallien (1937) correlated them further with the Banded Group of the Schiehallion area. Named for Monzie (see above). |
| j. |
Glen Banvie Series.. Interbanded schists (sometimes dark), semipelitic flags, and quartzites, with subordinate limestones (white or grey). Individual bands range up to a few tens of metres in thickness. There also occur bands of amphibolite, pink microcline-rock (found only near the boundary with the Struan Flags) and silicate-bearing limestones (also concentrated near the boundary with the Struan Flags). Mineralogy of Pelitic Types: Muscovite dominant with abundant quartz and subordinate acid plagioclase; moderate amounts of biotite, chlorite or both, are normally present in addition. A few bands contain garnet, and others contain hornblende, particularly near the A'Chreag amphibolite. Accessory graphite occurs in the dark varieties, which may also contain kyanite or andalusite. Mineralogy of Quartzites: Quartz, with subordinate muscovite and acid plagioclase. Mineralogy of Limestones: These may be divided into three types. (i) Calcite limestones, with or without accessory graphite, containing no calcic or magnesian silicates except (occasionally) clinozoisite. |

|
(ii) Dolomitic limestones (white) without calcic or magnesian silicates. (iii) Limestones with calcic or magnesian silicates. Tremolite, serpentine (after forsterite), and diopside are all common in particular localities, and may even predominate over calcite, the limestone passing into a calc-silicate rock. Brucite (presumably after periclase) and idocrase have also been found in these rocks. Calcite is usually the dominant carbonate, but a moderate proportion of dolomite may also be present, except in varieties with diopside. Mineralogy of Microcline-Rocks: The usual type contains only subordinate quartz and acid plagioclase in addition to microcline, but there also occur more calcic bands rich in epidote and diopside, and micaceous bands rich in muscovite and chlorite. Mineralogy of the Amphibolites: Hornblende dominant and usually accompanied by subordinate epidote, quartz, and acid plagioclase. Accessory garnet sometimes occurs when epidote is absent. Textures: The schists are typically coarse-grained, with a well-developed uniform schistosity. The limestones (coarse-grained) rarely show any sign of schistosity, but the quartzites (fine-grained) occasionally possess a crude schistosity, although they are normally massive. The microcline-rocks are medium-grained and non-schistose (except the micaceous varieties); the amphibolites are medium to coarse in grain, and are frequently schistose, although this is not always the case. Previous Terminology: Bailey (1925) mapped the Glen Banvie Series as a distinct unit, and referred to it as the “Blair Atholl Series of the Banvie Burn belt” (1925, p. 684). Named for Glen Banvie, north-west of Blair Atholl. |
|
| k. |
Struan Flags. Impure flaggy quartzites with pelitic partings, and semipelitic schists. The true flags are found in the Gilbert's Bridge and Garry sections, whereas the semipelitic types predominate in the Glen Banvie and Croft Crombie Burn sections. Mineralogy of Impure Quartzites: The quartz is accompanied by variable quantities of microcline, acid plagioclase, and mica, which tend to be concentrated in particular bands: muscovite predominates over biotite. Mineralogy of Semipelitic Schists: Quartz and muscovite dominant, with subordinate biotite and acid plagioclase, but little or no microcline. Textures: The impure quartzites themselves are fine to medium-grained and non-schistose, but contain medium to coarse grained pelitic partings which are highly schistose. The semipelitic types are medium-grained, with a well-developed schistosity. Previous Terminology: The name “Struan Flags” for the siliceous Moinian rocks in the north-western part of Sheet 55 was used by Barrow (1905, p. 62) and has been continued by every subsequent worker in the area. |
3. Stratigraphical Relationships and Correlations Between the Ben a' Gloe, Tulach Hill and Schiehallion Areas
a. Blair Atholl Series: Shierglas Limestone and Tomnabroilach Schists. These formations can be recognised with confidence in all three areas. They are synonymous with the “Grey Limestone” and “Dark Schist” in the Tulach Hill area across the Garry (cf. McCallien, 1943), and are undoubtedly equivalent to the Grey Limestone and Dark Schist of the Schiehallion area.
b. Blair Atholl Series: subdivisions younger than the Shierglas Limestone. In the Schiehallion area, the Blair Atholl Series occurs in three main belts:
(i) The northern belt, running from the north side of Schiehallion to Ben a' Chuallaich and Trinafour. This is the type area for the subdivisions of the Blair Atholl Series in Bailey and McCallien's Schiehallion succession.
(ii) The central belt, running from the south side of Schiehallion to Foss and Kynachan. This belt appears to represent the continuation of the Blair Atholl Series in the Tulach Hill area across the Loch Tay Fault.
(iii) The southern belt, in the neighbourhood of Loch Kinardochy. This belt will not be discussed here.
Bailey and McCallien (1937, p. 91) correlated the Banded Group of the northern belt with the Coire Fhiann Group of the Ben a' Gloe area, and their view is almost certainly correct. Whatever may be the precise correlation of the Ben a' Gloe Quartzite, it must belong to the lower part of the Quartzite Series; and this means

that the Banded Group and Coire Fhiann Group occupy corresponding positions between the Quartzite Series on one side and the Grey = Shierglas Limestone on the other. Moreover, although the Coire Fhiann Group contains a number of limestone bands which the Banded Group does not, the two groups are very similar in lithology.
No representative of the Schiehallion “White Limestone” is found in the Ben a' Gloe area. However, the Kirkton of Lude Boulder Bed and the Schiehallion Boulder Bed occur in similar positions in their respective sequences, and are very similar in lithology: there can be little doubt that the two are equivalent, as suggested by Bailey (1925, p. 685).
The succession in Zones II and III of the Ben a' Gloe area may now be compared with the Schiehallion succession, up to the base of the Quartzite Series (Table I).
| Schiehallion (Northern Belt) | Zones II and III |
|---|---|
| Quartzite Series | Quartzite Series |
| Schiehallion Boulder Bed | Kirkton of Lude Boulder Bed |
| White Limestone | — |
| Banded Group | Coire Fhiann Group |
| Grey Limestone | Shierglas Limestone |
| Dark Schist | Tomnabroilach Schists |
The absence of the White Limestone in Zones II and III, and the sporadic occurrence of the Boulder Bed, could well be due to original sedimentation, and it is highly probable that the above lithological sequences represent true stratigraphical successions, with no significant interruptions or repetitions of a tectonic nature. Since the Quartzite Series is younger than the Blair Atholl Series, the various divisions of the latter must become progressively older from the Boulder Bed to the Tomnabroilach Schists.
Along the south-eastern boundaries of the Ben a' Gloe area (Zone I), the Tulach Hill area, and the central Schiehallion belt, the Shierglas Limestone comes directly against the Quartzite Series; the upper members of the Blair Atholl Series are completely missing. Bailey interpreted this anomalous junction as a slide, later named the Blair Atholl Slide (McCallien, 1943, p. 45). It is possible, however, that the discrepancy can be explained partly or wholly in terms of variations in the original sedimentary sequence. In those districts where the rocks are highly folded and are involved in sliding it is the commonly accepted view that the most consistent and widespread lithological sequence (i.e., the “normal” sequence) is the one most likely to represent the original stratigraphical succession. Accordingly, the “abnormal” sequences, with omissions or repetitions, are attributed to tectonic causes. In the present case, however, the “abnormal” sequence is very persistent, with a total length of outcrop comparable with that of the “normal” sequence to the north. This suggests that the omission of the upper Blair Atholl Series may be a consequence of original sedimentation.
c. Blair Atholl Series: Monzie Limestone and Monzie Schists. These formations are rather similar in lithology to the White Limestone and Banded Group of the Schiehallion succession, and were identified as such by Bailey and McCallien.
However, outcrops of the Monzie Limestone are always separated by Tomnabroilach Schists from outcrops of the Shierglas Limestone. This indicates that the Tomnabroilach Schists may in fact be younger than the Monzie Limestone. The close association of Monzie Limestone and Monzie Schists further indicates that they are adjacent in the stratigraphical succession, and if the Monzie Limestone is older than the Tomnabroilach Schists, this must also apply to the Monzie Schists. The relative positions of the Monzie Limestone and Monzie Schists in the sequence are more difficult to decide, as both come into contact with the Tomnabroilach

Schists. Either the Monzie Schists or the Monzie Limestone must have been partially cut out by sliding or unconformity, and it is probably the Limestone that has been affected in this way, as this formation appears to be much thinner than the Schists. It is therefore suggested that the Monzie Limestone intervenes stratigraphically between the Monzie and Tomnabroilach Schists, making the succession:
Shierglas Limestone
Tomnabroilach Schists
Monzie Limestone
Monzie Schists
The omission of the Monzie Limestone along most of the south-eastern boundary of the Monzie Schists could easily be due to sliding or to a local unconformity in the original sediments.
It is possible that the Monzie Schists represent a semipelitic facies of the uppermost Moine: in the Glen Banvie region, the Struan “Flags” are semi-pelitic rather than flaggy.
d. Ben a' Gloe Quartzite and Coire Rainich Phyllites. The Coire Rainich Phyllites show no close resemblance to any undoubted member of the Blair Atholl Series, although they might conceivably represent a fine-grained variety of the eastern Coire Fhiann Group or the Tomnabroilach Schists. Again, these Phyllites appear to be quite devoid of intercalations of limestone or calcareous schists. Furthermore, as mentioned earlier, the Ben a' Gloe Quartzite adjacent to the Blair Atholl Series differs in lithology from that adjoining the Coire Rainich Phyllites. For these reasons there can be little doubt that the Phyllites are separated stratigraphically from the Blair Atholl Series by some if not all of the Quartzite. The Phyllites may well be younger than any part of the Quartzite, but they could also represent a stratigraphical intercalation within the latter. Certain tectonic evidence (infra) is in favour of the second alternative.
The correlation of the Schiehallion and Ben a' Gloe successions above the base of the Quartzite Series is more doubtful than in the case of the Blair Atholl Series. Bailey referred the Ben a' Gloe Quartzite to the Schiehallion Quartzite, and the Coire Rainich Phyllites to the Killiecrankie Schist. Although this correlation implies a certain amount of facies variation in the original sediments, it may well be correct. However, various alternatives are possible.
The lithology of the Coire Rainich Phyllites is very similar to that of the Ben Eagach Black Schist, except for their difference in grain size. It is suggested here that these two formations may be equivalent: if so, the Ben a' Gloe Quartzite must represent the whole Quartzite Series. A comprehensive quartzite of this kind, extending the whole way from the Blair Atholl Series to the Ben Eagach Schist, does occur in the Cairnwell-Glen Shee area (Bailey, 1925, p. 679; 1928, p. 742). On the other hand, if any part of the Phyllites represents a stratigraphical intercalation within the Quartzite, the succession in the Ben a' Gloe range would be closely comparable with the Quartzite Series in the northern belt at Schiehallion. The intercalated phyllites would correspond to the Killiecrankie Schist, the underlying quartzite to the Schiehallion Quartzite, and the overlying quartzite to the Carn Mairg Quartzite.
Along the southern margin of the central belt at Schiehallion the Killiecrankie Schist and the Blair Atholl Series are separated by the Schiehallion Quartzite in the west, but the quartzite wedges out before reaching the Loch Tay Fault, and there is no quartzite between the Blair Atholl Series and the Killiecrankie Schist in the Tulach Hill area or in Zone I.* Again, the Carn Mairg Quartzite. south-
[Footnote] * Two small outcrops of pure quartzite, which appear to be intercalations in the Killiecrankie Schist, occur near the boundary of the Blair Atholl Series in Zone I. One outcrop lies about ½ mile south of the Crochton, at Cnoc Dubh. The other, at Creag Dubh (about ¾ mile south-east of Remakyllich) was mapped by Bailey (1925) as doubtful Schiehallion Quartzite.

east of the type Killiecrankie Schist tapers and dies out just east of the Girnaig, and does not reappear. Bailey attributed the wedging-out and disappearance of these quartzites to sliding, but facies variations or uncomformities in the original sediments may have played some part; this view is strengthened by the apparent impossibility of correlating the Schiehallion succession with those of Ben a' Gloe (Zones II and III) or the Cairnwell without assuming facies change in the Quartzite Series.
Objections to the above hypothesis might be raised on the grounds that the present distances between the northern and central belts at Schiehallion, and between Zones I and II in the Ben a' Gloe area, are too small to allow appreciable facies change. However, these distances were almost certainly much larger before regional deformation took place, since they are measured across the strike of the primary major folds (infra), and they may well have been sufficient to permit the suggested lateral variations in the sequence.
e. Glen Banvie Series. The stratigraphical position of this series has remained a problem ever since Bailey (1925, p. 684) first recognised it as a distinct unit. It is clearly Dalradian in facies, and its proximity to the Moinian indicates that it is low in the Dalradian sequence.
If the Glen Banvie Series is compared with the various divisions of the Blair Atholl Series in Zones I-III, it is seen that the general lithology is very similar to that of the Coire Fhiann Group. There are certain differences in mineralogy, texture, and small-scale folding between the Glen Banvie Series and the Coire Fhiann Group, but most of these can be explained in terms of different conditions of metamorphism and deformation, and the original sediments represented by the Glen Banvie Series must have been closely similar to those now forming the Coire Fhiann Group. The relative proportions of psammitic, pelitic, and calcareous rocks in the two series cannot be estimated with any degree of accuracy, but these proportions do not appear to differ widely, or in a way which could not be explained by a small degree of sedimentary facies variation.
The Tomnabroilach Schists around the Girnaig, which contain a fair proportion of quartzose and calcareous varieties, show some resemblance to the Glen Banvie Series. However, the nearest Tomnabroilach Schists to the Glen Banvie Series (those of Zone II) are entirely pelitic, and a considerable change in sedimentary facies must be assumed if the two are equivalent. Again, if the Glen Banvie Series were equivalent to the Monzie Schists, it would be necessary to assume a marked change in sedimentary facies. The Glen Banvie Series is more likely, therefore, to be equivalent to the Coire Fhiann Group.
If this view is correct, the lower part of the Blair Atholl Series from the Shierglas Limestone downwards is missing from the Zone IV succession. This could be due to tectonic causes, but there is no sharp junction between the Moine and the Dalradian such as occurs along the demonstrably tectonic Iltay Boundary Slide in the Schiehallion district. The zone of interbanding, although narrow, suggests the former presence of passage beds at a sedimentary junction.
III. Minor Structures
1. Schistosity and Lineation
The schistosity and the lithological banding at any given locality are almost invariably parallel, whatever the rock-type may be. Their strike varies considerably from place to place, but generally lies in the NE and SW quadrants. The dip is usually between 20° and 60°, and is normally directed towards the SE quadrant, although in a few place it is directed towards the NE or the SW quadrant.
Schistosity is well developed in the pelitic and semipelitic rocks, and lineation is abundant. There are two types of lineation, by far the commoner type being a fine striation due to the intersection of s-planes lying subparallel to the general

Fig. 4.—Orientation of minor fold axes and lineations in various formations (Schmidt equal-area projection). A—Coire Rainich Phyllites: b-lineation. B—Ben a' Gloe Quartzite: a-lineation. C—Ben a' Gloe Quartzite: synchronous minor folds and b-lineation. D—Coire Fhiann Group: synchronous minor folds and b-lineation. E—Shierglas Limestone: synchronous minor folds and b-lineation. F—Tomnabroilach Schists: synchronous minor folds and b-lineation. G—Monzie Limestone and Schists: synchronous minor folds and b-lineation. H—Glen Banvie Series and Struan Flags: synchronous minor folds and b-lineation.

schistosity surface. This “normal” type of lineation appears to have developed at the same time as the schistosity, and is generally directed towards the E or SE (Fig. 4). The less common type takes the form of corrugations up to several millimetres in width, which affect the schistosity and were clearly formed at a later stage. This second type of lineation has no obvious preferred orientation.
The Coire Rainich Phyllites are exceptional in possessing two groups of “normal” lineations, one group plunging to the NE and the other plunging to the E or SE. Usually only one lineation is present, but in a few localities the phyllites carry two distinct lineations, one lying in the NE quadrant and the other in the SE quadrant.
Schistosity is rare in the limestones and the Ben a' Gloe Quartzite, except in pelitic partings. Lineation also is rare in the limestones (except in pelitic partings), but is relatively common in the Quartzite, notably in the Ben a' Gloe outcrop itself, where two kinds of lineation are present. The first kind, found mainly in quartzites with pelitic partings, takes the form of rodding associated with minor folds, and usually plunges towards the NE or ENE; it is clearly a b-type lineation. The second kind, found mainly in massive and pebbly quartzites, consists of a striation on the bedding surfaces, accompanied by a conspicuous elongation of relict pebbles parallel to the striation. This is almost certainly an a-type lineation, and it is nearly always directed towards the E or SE.
[The section below cannot be correctly rendered as it contains complex formatting. See the image of the page for a more accurate rendering.]
Fig. 5. —Characteristic styles of synchronous minor folding. A—Shierglas Limestone. B—Ben a' Gloe Quartzite. C—Coire Fhiann Group. D—Struan Flags. Thick lines = lithological banding. Thin lines = general schistosity. Scale × 1/25.
2. Minor Folding
Minor folds in the pelitic, semipelitic, and calcareous formations may be divided into two groups. The great majority appear to be synchronous with both schistosity and the “normal” type of lineation, which runs parallel to the minor fold axes and is thus a b-lineation. The minor folds of this group affect only the lithological banding, and do not disturb the schistosity. They are typically incompetent, and grade from gentle monoclinal flexures into small recumbent folds (Fig. 5). They have the same general orientation as the “normal” lineation, plunging dominantly to the E or SE at moderate angles. The second and very subordinate group of

minor folds are clearly later than the general schistosity, and are very different in style from the first group, being much more open and essentially competent, with little or no contortion of the limbs: no preferred axial orientation is apparent. Both types of minor fold range from a few centimetres up to several metres in width.
In the Ben a' Gloe Quartzite, minor folds plunge towards the NE or ENE throughout most of the formation, those plunging towards the SE quadrant being subordinate and mainly confined to limited zones near the margin. Minor folding is conspicuous in the Quartzite only when pelitic bands are numerous. Throughout most of the formation, these bands are well differentiated, and the minor folds are then fairly open and more or less competent, with rounded closures (Fig. 5). The schistosity is parallel to the lithological banding, and is apparently synchronous with the folding, having developed by preferred slip along the pelitic bands. Rodding in the Quartzite, when present, is concentrated in the fold closures. In parts of the Quartzite near the Coire Rainich Phyllites, however, the pelitic bands are more diffuse, and the minor folds are usually incompetent. A general schistosity is developed which is unaffected by the folding and is independent of the lithological banding: lineation, when it occurs, is similar to the “normal” lineation of the pelitic and semipelitic formations.
Minor folds in formations other than the Quartzite show no systematic direction of overturning, but the minor folds in the Quartzite itself do show a certain amount of regularity in this respect. On the north-western side of the type Quartzite outcrop, they show a strong tendency to be overturned towards the NW, and those on the SE side of the outcrop tend to be overturned towards the SE.
IV. Major Structures
1. Folds
(a) Primary Major Folds. From the distribution of the various formations in Zones I and II, and their persistent dip to the south and east, the rocks are clearly involved in major isoclinal folds. In Zone I the fold cores do not usually exceed 200–300 yards in thickness, but the folds of Zone II are on a larger scale, the main told cores reaching over a mile in thickness. The rocks of Zone III also are obviously affected by isoclinal folding, and a broad correlation can be made between the structures of Zones II and III. The outcrops of the Struan Flags and the Glen Banvie Series in Zone IV show no interdigitation or repetition, but there can be little doubt that both formations are involved in strong isoclinal folding.
As these isoclinal folds appear to be earlier than all other major fold systems in the area, they will be called the primary major folds. Although the isoclinal fold planes have a strike ranging from W 20° N through SW to S 30° E in different parts of the area, their dominant trend is clearly NE-SW, and the fold axes probably also have the same general trend. The general dip of the fold planes shows that the upper structural levels must have travelled a considerable distance north-westward relative to those beneath.
To determine the structural successions in the different zones it is necessary to decide which fold cores are antiforms and which are synforms. The direct method of plunge determination cannot be used in the present area except around the Crochton. Elsewhere the few major fold closures that are actually exposed show that the small-scale lithological banding has the same orientation as on the fold limbs, running across the interformational boundaries on the closures themselves. Clearly no true stratigraphical dip can be obtained in these localities. At the Crochton, however, it seems reasonably certain that the lithological banding in the very fine-grained rocks represents the original bedding. On this assumption, a well-exposed fold at the south end of the hill can be shown to plunge steeply to the SW. This indicates that the Shierglas Limestone in the core of the fold occupies a

synform, and that the Monzie Limestone on the west side of Ben Vuirich occupies an antiform. The formations thus appear to be in normal succession at this locality, with the youngest on top.
The axial plunge method also meets with difficulties when applied to the present area. Throughout much of the Ben a' Gloe Quartzite, the minor folds plunge NE or ENE, but in all the other formations they plunge E and SE. Numerically, minor folds plunging E and SE are predominant, but they run at a wide angle to the probable trend of the primary major fold axes. In fact, these minor folds appear to be quite independent of the primary major folds, and were probably formed at a later stage. This also applies to the subordinate minor folds in the Quartzite with a NW-SE strike.
On the other hand, the similarity between the predominant strike of minor folding in the Quartzite and the probable trend of the primary major folds indicates that most of the minor folds in the Quartzite (those plunging to the NE or ENE) are synchronous with the major folds in question. It would be expected, furthermore, that synchronous major and minor folds in a given area would have approximately the same plunge. On this basis, the plunge of the major structures in Zone II may be deduced. In the northern part of the zone the primary major folds probably plunge to the NE or ENE. In the southern part of the zone visible minor folds in the Quartzite are much less abundant than further north, but their general trend indicates that the primary major folds here plunge to the east.
If these deductions are correct, the structure of the alternating belts of Quartzite and Blair Atholl Series in Zone II may be interpreted as in Table II.
| Lithological Belt | Major Structure |
|---|---|
| 1. Ben a' Gloe Quartzite (type outcrop) and Coire Rainich Phyllites | Synform |
| 2. Blair Atholl Series (Glen Fender belt) | Antiform |
| 3. Ben a' Gloe Quartzite (Meall Gruaim and Meall Bhlair outcrops)* | Synform |
| 4. Blair Atholl Series (alongside the Loch Tay Fault in upper Glen Tilt) | Antiform |
The formations appear to be in normal succession, with the youngest uppermost. Structures 1, 2 and 3 will be called the Ben a' Gloe Synform, the Glen Fender Antiform, and the Meall Bhlair Synform respectively. Three generalised sections are shown in Fig. 3. It should be noted that this structural succession is the reverse of the one put forward by Bailey in 1925.
One anomaly requires explanation. The elongated pebbles in the Quartzite presumably owe their shape to deformation associated with the primary major folding, as no other fold system of comparable intensity seems to have affected the Quartzite. It would therefore be expected that the direction of elongation would be at right angles to the major fold axis. Instead, the long axes of the pebbles xtend to run ESE at about 60° to the probable axis of major folding. This anomalous orientation suggests that the area as a whole has been affected by a sinistral distortion, directed along a NE-SW axis. Such a distortion would scarcely alter the orientation of the minor folds in the Quartzite, but would rotate the a-lineation in an anticlockwise sense. It is probable that the a-lineation was originally directed NW-SE, but has been rotated about 30° in the way described above. The sinistral distortion may have accompanied the formation of the Loch Tay Fault System, in which sinistral transcurrent displacements are predominant. The lineations and
[Footnote] * These outcrops of quartzite are only separated by a shallow syncline of Blair Atholl Series, and are undoubtedly continuous underground.

minor folds in formations other than the Quartzite probably also ran NW-SE, but were rotated into their present position by the sinistral distortion.
Over most of Zone II, the interformational boundaries show numerous irregularities and indentations, on scales ranging from a few tens of yards to several hundreds of yards. Although many of these undoubtedly correspond to primary major folds, others represent secondary major folds formed at a later stage (infra), and in many cases it is impossible to decide which type of folding is responsible.
The form of most of the outcrops in Zone II can be explained in terms of comparatively simple folds, but this does not apply to the outcrop of Coire Rainich Phyllites in the centre of the Ben a' Gloe range. All minor folds in the vicinity plunge steadily to the NE, indicating that the outcrop represents a closed body, synclinal in form, with quartzite both underlying and overlying a folded lens of phyllite. If the Coire Rainich Phyllites are in fact wholly younger than the Ben a' Gloe Quartzite, the contact between the phyllite lens and the overlying quartzite must be tectonic: the quartzite may have been thrust over the phyllite during an early stage of deformation. The lens may, however, be a stratigraphical intercalation between two layers of quartzite, and its upper contact an unconformity.
Zone I contains no formation with minor folds running consistently in the NE and SW quadrants, but it seems likely that the order of superposition deduced for the Crochton fold persists over the whole zone. According to this view, the general structural succession in Zone I must be:
| Killiecrankie Schist | |
| Shierglas Limestone | (occupying synforms in the Tomnabroilach Schists) |
| Tomnabroilach Schists | |
| Monzie Limestone | (occupying antiforms in the Tomnabroilach Schists and synforms in the Monzie Schists) |
| Monzie Schists |
The various fold cores are more numerous and on a smaller scale than those in Zone II, and will not therefore be given individual names.
If the above succession is correct, the plunge of the major folds must apparently vary from one part of Zone I to another. For example, the Shierglas Limestone cores on Sron na h-Innearach and Meall Breac cannot share the steep SW plunge of the Crochton fold if they are indeed synforms: the lithological dips observed at the western end of the Sron na h-Innearach core indicate that it plunges to the NE, and this is probably also true of the Meall Breac cores. On the other hand, the Shierglas Limestone cores south of Loch Moraig must plunge to the SW if they are antiforms. The inferred plunge of the major folds in Zone I is shown on the diagrammatic map (Fig. 3).
In Zone III, the plunge of the major folds can nowhere be determined directly, but the various lithological outcrops can be matched very closely with others in Zone II, and are probably to be correlated, as shown in Table III.
| Outcrops NE of the Croftmore Fault* | Structure in Zone II |
|---|---|
| Meall Dail-min quartzite outcrop | Ben a' Gloe Synform |
| Blair Atholl Series west of Meall Dail-min | Glen Fender Antiform |
| Quartzite above Croftmore | Upper limb of Meall Bhlair Synform |
| Outcrops SW of the Croftmore Fault | |
| Quartzite, granite, and Coire Fhiann Group | Lower limb of Meall Bhlair Synform |
[Footnote] * This fault runs SSE from Croftmore across Zone III, linking two branches of the Loch Tay Fault System.

No major fold cores are visible in Zone IV: the Glen Banvie Series and the nearby Struan Flags represent a single fold limb.
(b) Secondary Major Folds. The primary major folds are themselves affected by a series of slightly later folds, which are on a similar scale and will be called the secondary major folds. The most important of these may be divided into three types:
(i) Folds on axes with a trend roughly conforming to that of the primary major folds.
(ii) Folds on axes running at a wide angle to the primary major folds. Most of these plunge towards the E or SE.
(iii) Torsional movements about vertical axes.
These types are distinguished for the sake of convenience, although they grade into one another, and folds of different types can produce similar geometrical effects. In particular, folds of types (ii) and (iii) may both cause a swing in the strike of a primary major fold core, and it is sometimes impossible to refer a given structure to one type or the other.
Folds belonging to type (i) are not very common in the area. The only important example is the open syncline separating the Meall Bhlair and Meall Gruaim quartzite outcrops. This fold is slightly asymmetrical, the NW limb being the steeper of the two, but neither limb is overturned.
Folds belonging to type (ii), on the other hand, are moderately common. They may be either open or compressed; the majority plunge to the E or SE, and appear to be the largest members of a fold system whose main representatives are the minor folds in the schists and limestones. Medium-scale folds of this type, with axes plunging to the E and SE, are responsible for the form of the most westerly outcrop of quartzite around Allt na Caillich. An exceptionally good example is visible in the deep gully of Allt na Caillich itself, where exposures are virtually three-dimensional. This fold can be traced along the contact of the Quartzite and the Blair Atholl Series: it is essentially a monocline, overturned towards the NE on an axis running 30° S of E. Most of the minor irregularities in the Shierglas Limestone-Killiecrankie Schist boundary around the headwaters of Allt Glen Loch are due to medium-scale folds plunging to the ESE, and a large open fold plunging to the SE is responsible for the V form of the outcrops between Coire Fhiann and Allt Crom-alltan.
A large fold with an unusual strike occurs near the centre of the Ben a' Gloe range, on the east side of Kil 'ic-ille Chaluim. A belt of quartzite with a westerly dip (exceptional in the Ben a' Gloe range) forms the common limb of an antiform to the east and a synform to the west. The strike of the fold axes vanes from NNE-SSW opposite the summit of Kil 'ic-ille Chaluim to N-S around Allt Coire Chruinn-Bhalgain, the plunge meanwhile decreasing from about 30° SSW to nil. Strictly speaking, this fold belongs to type (ii), but it is definitely non-typical.
In Zone I the dominant strike swings from NE to NNW between Stac nam Bodach and Loch Loch. It does not appear necessary to assume torsion about a vertical axis, as there is no evidence that the primary fold axes have rotated. The change in strike is probably due to a broad, comparatively gentle fold with a south-easterly plunge which has tilted the primary major folds towards the north-east.
The most important example of type (iii) is found on the west side of Glen Girnaig. The pronounced swing of the primary major fold axes in this sector appears to be due to an extensive dextral “twist”, affecting the rocks of Zone I. These axes swing round much farther than can be explained by tilting on SE-plunging axes. Moreover, the general dip west of the Girnaig differs little from that found in other parts of Zone I. This would be expected if torsion about a

vertical axis had taken place. If, on the other hand, the swing in strike had been due to tilting about an axis plunging to the south-east, the general dip west of the Girnaig should have been considerably greater than elsewhere: it is likely that the primary major fold cores originally possessed a comparatively uniform dip to the south-east, and the tilting mentioned above would only have served to increase the dip in the sector affected.
There is evidence that the three types of secondary major folding occurred at different stages. Folds of type (i) affect the minor folds in the schists and limestones, but those of type (iii) do not. This indicates that folds of type (i) are younger and folds of type (iii) are older than the minor folds in question. Furthermore, those members of type (ii) which plunge to the E and SE probably belong to the same fold system as the minor folds m the schists and limestones.
If the a-lineation in the Quartzite and the minor folds in the schists and limestones have in fact been rotated by regional sinistral distortion (supra, Section IV, 1a), the secondary major folds have almost certainly been affected by the same process.
The strike of the primary major folds indicates that the main deformation of the area was due to a phase of crustal compression in which the axes of maximum and minimum pressure were directed in a vertical plane, striking NW-SE. In all probability the axis of maximum pressure was approximately horizontal and the axis of minimum pressure vertical. As this system of forces produced minor folding in the Quartzite with the same trend as the primary major folds, it almost certainly produced similar minor folding in the schists and limestones, although this has been obscured by some later tectonic process, for instance the formation of the slides or the development of the E- and SE-plunging minor folds which predominate in these rock-types.
This system of forces does not account for the orientation of any other set of folds in the area. Although the stress system which produced the secondary major folds of type (1) was probably very similar, it must have been developed at a much later stage. It is clear that the secondary major folds of types (ii) and (iii), and the minor folds in the schists and limestones, were all associated with tectonic displacements to the NE and SW in which the horizontal component was predominant. These displacements cannot be explained in terms of a stress system with the axes of maximum and minimum pressure both lying in a vertical plane with a NW-SE strike.
The prevalence of north-easterly and south-westerly movements during this stage of deformation suggests that either extension or compression was taking place on a regional scale, parallel to the main axis of the orogen. On the whole, the evidence is m favour of extension. If the rocks of the area had been compressed along a NE-SW line, the Ben a' Gloe Quartzite could scarcely have failed to show a considerable amount of secondary folding on axes oriented within the south-east and north-west quadrants, but such folds are by no means abundant. An explanation for this fact can be suggested on the assumption that extension, not compression, has taken place. The process of extension would probably not affect the comparatively resistant Quartzite in the same way as the more plastic rock-types. Instead of resulting in the complex penetrating fold movements that are characteristic of the schists and limestones, the process would be more likely to split up the primary fold cores of Quartzite into a series of discrete masses, separated by dislocations running NW-SE (at right angles to the direction of regional extension).
Assuming that general extension along a sub-horizontal NE-SW line accompanied the formation of the minor folds in the schists and limestones and the secondary major folds of types (ii) and (iii), there can be little doubt that the prevailing axis of minimum pressure was parallel to the line of extension. The corresponding axis of maximum pressure must then have lain within a vertical plane,

striking NW-SE; probably it was more or less horizontal, with the same orientation that it possessed during the earlier stage of primary major folding.
2. Slides and Faults
(a) Slides. The Carn Liath and Luib Mhor Slides are the most important structures of this type in the present area, and the evidence leading to their recognition will now be summarised.
At the south-western foot of Carn Liath, the Monzie Limestone-Schist assemblage, bordered to the north by an outcrop of the Limestone, cuts diagonally from the Ben a' Gloe Quartzite across the Coire Fhiann Group and the Shierglas Limestone of Zone II on to the Tomnabroilach Schists. The northern contact of the Monzie Limestone is clearly tectonic, and this is confirmed by the presence of cross-bedding in the Quartzite, which occurs quite near to the margin and youngs towards the Blair Atholl Series. The Monzie Limestone runs westward to the Fender, remaining in contact with the Tomnabroilach Schists, and finally dies out in the Fender section south of Tomnaguie. Exposures farther west are very poor, but the slide is probably represented by the junction between Shierglas Limestone and Coire Fhiann Group just above Old Bridge of Tilt.
The south-eastern margin of the Ben a' Gloe quartzite outcrop is bordered wholly by the Monzie Limestone-Schist assemblage. If the latter are both older than the Tomnabroilach Schists, as suggested by the writer, there must be an important discontinuity running along the whole margin of the quartzite. In any case, the obvious discontinuity south-west of Carn Liath would be expected to persist some distance to the north-east. The slide is therefore continued along the margin of the quartzite as far as Loch Loch. The name Carn Liath Slide is proposed for this structure.
The numerous variations in the lithological succession which take place in the sector between Allt na Caillich and An Lochain, in the northern part of Zone II, show that in this area the Blair Atholl Series and the Quartzite-Phyllite assemblage are separated by an important discontinuity, presumably tectonic. The name Luib Mhor Slide is proposed for this structure. Its presence was noted by Bailey (1925, p. 683) and it is shown on his map.
Both these slides are apparently later than the primary major folds: the Luib Mhor Slide cuts obliquely across several fold cores which presumably belong to the primary major fold system, while the Carn Liath Slide truncates the southern end of the Glen Fender Antiform. On the other hand, the slides are certainly earlier than some, at any rate, of the secondary major folds. The Luib Mhor Slide is affected by secondary folds of type (ii) around Allt na Caillich, and the Carn Liath Slide is affected by a secondary fold (probably a dextral “twist”) at the southwestern foot of Carn Liath itself. The time sequence of the various fold systems and the slides therefore appears to be as follows:
| (1) |
Primary major folds, and minor folds in the Quartzite on axes striking NE-SW or ENE-WSW. |
| (2) |
Major slides (Carn Liath Slide and Luib Mhor Slide). The minor slide near Forest Lodge, which brings together Shierglas Limestone and Ben a' Gloe Quartzite, was probably formed during the same phase. |
| (3) |
Secondary major folds, type (iii). |
| (4) |
Secondary major folds, type (ii), minor folds in the schists and limestones, and subordinate minor folds in the Quartzite, on NW-SE axes (subsequently rotated). |
| (5) |
Secondary major folds of type (i). |
The various faults in the area (infra) are clearly later than all these episodes of folding and sliding.

(b) Faults. The only faults of major importance in the district are those of the Loch Tay Fault System. In the Loch Tay area itself, the dislocation consists of a single fault, which runs obliquely across a zone of steep-dipping rocks near Fortingall. From the lateral displacement of the steep-dipping zone it can be shown that the fault has undergone a sinistral transcurrent displacement of 4½ miles. The more gently-inclined formations on either side of the steep-dipping zone show that a minor vertical displacement has also occurred, the upthrow being to the northwest. In the present area, the total relative displacement between Zone II and Zone IV is probably similar to that between the south-eastern and north-western blocks around Loch Tay.
The transcurrent displacement of Zone III relative to Zones II and IV cannot be determined with certainty, owing to the general lack of structures running at wide angles to the fault outcrops.
However, the relative vertical displacement of Zones II and III can be estimated, on the assumption that the quartzite outcrop just east of Croftmore does in fact correspond to the Meall Bhlair and Meall Gruaim outcrops. Using the uppermost margins of these quartzites as reference planes, it is clear that Zone III is down-thrown relative to Zone II: the amount of downthrow appears to be about 1,000 feet Zone III must also be downthrown at least. 1,500 feet relative to Zone IV by the western branch of the fault, but the amount of vertical displacement cannot be estimated more closely, since there are no lithological reference planes that can be identified in both Zone III and Zone IV.
Along most of the minor faults in Zones I, II and III, the predominant displacements appear to be vertical, although a sinistral transcurrent component may also be present in some cases.
3. Tectonic Comparisons with Adjoining Areas
The results described in this paper correspond fairly closely with the general observations of King and Rast (1956) on the Central Highlands, and with the results obtained by Rast (1958) in the Schiehallion area. King and Rast divide folds in the Central Highlands into two classes, “Main” or “Caledonoid” folds on NE-SW (or NNE-SSW) axes, and “Cross-folds” on NW-SE (or WNW-ESE) axes. The major Caledonoid folds obviously correspond to the primary major folds of the present paper, and the writer agrees with King and Rast (1956, p. 257) that “on a regional scale, the trend of the formations indicates that the major direction of fold axes is NE-SW.” However, the statement that “minor folds on these (Caledonoid) axes are ubiquitous” (King and Rast, 1956, p. 257) does not appear to be true for the Ben a' Gloe area. While the “Caledonoid” direction is dominant in the Quartzite this is not the case in the limestones and schists, where the dominant minor folds trend WNW-ESE and are clearly the cross-folds of King and Rast. A similar association of quartzite with Caledonoid minor folds and limestone with cross-folds has been observed around the hill Morrone, near Braemar (King and Rast, 1956, p. 263).
King and Rast (1956, p. 263) also conclude that the Caledonoid and cross-fold systems developed simultaneously. This does not appear to be strictly true in the Ben a' Gloe area, but the writer agrees with their conclusion that “the two systems of folds were developed during the same general epoch of folding” (p. 262), and that “all the movements formed integral phases of one period of orogenesis” (p. 263). There is no reason to suppose that the two trends represent two distinct orogenic episides, separated by an interval of quiescence. Rast and Platt (1957) have recognised the widespread occurrence in orogenic areas of cross-folds, formed during the same orogenic episode as the main series of folds but running at a considerable angle to the main trend.
The tectonic sequence at Schiehallion (Rast, 1958, p. 40) is very similar to that at Ben a' Gloe. The various episodes are compared in Table IV.

| Schiehallion (Rast, 1958) | Ben a' Gloe (this paper) |
|---|---|
| F1: recumbent folds on Caledonoid axes, with an overall movement from south-east to north-west, and associated minor folds. | Primary major folds and associated minor folds. |
| F2: major and minor folding on an axis approximately at right angles to F1. These are the cross-folds. | Secondary major folds, type (ii), and ESE-plunging minor folds. |
| F3: open E_W trending folds. | Secondary major folds, type (i). |
| F4: faulting. | Faulting. |
Rast (1958, summary) found no indications of twisting or torsion in the Schiehallion area. Furthermore, the slides in the Schiehallion area, which are presumably coeval with those around Ben a' Gloe, are stated by Rast to have “probably originated during the F1 episode of deformation.” This may be so, although in Rast's tectonic sections (1958, Figs. 7 and 9) the Iltay. Boundary Slide cuts obliquely across some of the F1 fold cores and would thus appear to post-date the F1 folds. However, the slides are clearly earlier than the cross-folds in both areas.
V. Summary and Conclusions
The rocks of the Blair Atholl-Ben a' Gloe area consist mainly of metasediments (quartzites, limestones, and schists), accompanied by subordinate igneous intrusions. The metasediments (together with the pre-tectonic igneous intrusions) have been extensively folded and faulted: the most important result of these movements has been the formation of a series of strongly compressed isoclinal folds, with planes dipping towards the south-eastern quadrant.
The area can be divided into four tectonic zones, bounded by the Carn Liath Slide and the branches of the Loch Tay Fault System. In each zone, the metasediments form a characteristic lithological succession, and the successions in the four zones are as shown in Table V.
| Zone I | Zones II and III |
|---|---|
| Killiecrankie Schist | Coire Rainich Phyllites |
| Shierglas Limestone | Ben a' Gloe Quartzite |
| Tomnabroilach Schists | Kirkton of Lude Boulder Bed (local) |
| Monzie Limestone | Coire Fhiann Group |
| Monzie Schists | Shierglas Limestone |
| Craig-choinnich Quartzite (very local) | |
| Tomnabroilach Schists |
Zone IV
-
Glen Banvie Series
-
Struan Flags
These series represent stratigraphical successions modified by folding and sliding. There is little doubt that the formations listed are in stratigraphical order, with the youngest at the top.
Proposed correlations with the Schiehallion succession are shown in Table VI.
| Schiehallion | Ben a' Gloe |
|---|---|
| Ben Eagach Schist | (Coire Rainich Phyllites?) |
| Carn Mairg Quartzite | (Part of Ben a' Gloe Quartzite?) |
| Killiecrankie Schist | Killiecrankie Schist (and Coire Rainich Phyllites?) |
| Schiehallion Quartzite | Ben a' Gloe Quartzite (at least in part) |
| Schiehallion Boulder Bed | Kirkton of Lude Boulder Bed |
| Banded Group | Coire Fhiann Group (and Glen Banvie Series?) |
| Grey Limestone | Shierglas Limestone |
| Dark Schist | Tomnabroilach Schists |
| Struan Flags | Struan Flags (and Monzie Schists?) |

The “White Limestone” of the Schiehallion sector does not appear to be represented around Ben a' Gloe; the white “Monzie Limestone” likewise appears to be absent from the Schiehallion sector, and is probably older than, the adjacent Tomnabroilach Schists.
The differences between the zonal successions at Ben a' Gloe are closely paralleled by lithological differences between the various structural zones at Schiehallion. These differences can be explained in terms of facies variations in the original sediments, and it is not necessary to attribute all the discrepancies to tectonic processes.
The rocks of the area have been affected by several phases of folding and faulting, which probably took place in the following order:
| (1) |
Primary major folding, on axes with a dominant NE-SW trend, accompanied by minor folding with a similar orientation, and the development of an a-lineation with a NW-SE trend (later affected by sinistral rotation) in the massive parts of the Quartzite. Minor folds belonging to this phase are still visible in the Quartzite, but cannot now be identified in the other formations. The primary major folds are overturned to the NW. |
| (2) |
Sliding (formation of the Carn Liath and Luib Mhor Slides, together with various minor dislocations). |
| (3) |
Torsional movements about vertical axes. |
| (4) |
Major and minor folding in the schists and limestones on axes plunging to the SE (later affected by sinistral rotation); stretching and boudinage of the larger quartzite masses. This phase of deformation probably scattered or destroyed any folds in the schists and limestones with a NE-SW trend. |
| (5) |
Secondary major folding on axes with a NE-SW trend. |
| (6) |
Faulting, including the formation of the Loch Tay Fault System, and a few other small fractures in the country to the east. Sinistral shearing associated with the Loch Tay Fault System may have been responsible for rotating the a-lineation in the Ben a' Gloe Quartzite, and the folds of Phase 4, from an original NW-SE trend into their present position. |
On a broad scale, the rocks are in normal stratigraphical succession over the whole area, although they are inverted in the reversed limbs of primary major folds. Numerous fold cores can be recognised in Zone I, but none are of sufficient importance to receive separate names. The fold cores in Zone II are fewer and larger, and form the structural succession:
Ben a' Gloe Synform
Glen Fender Antiform
Meall Bhlair Synform
These three fold cores can be recognised in Zone III. but no primary major folds have been delineated in Zone IV.
Acknowledgments
In conclusion, the writer wishes to express his best thanks to the University of Glasgow for financial assistance in meeting the expenses of field-work; to Professor J. G. C. Anderson, Mr. J. W. Brodie and Dr. W. A. Watters, for reading the manuscript critically; and to Mr. C. T. T. Webb (Chief Cartographer, New Zealand D. S. I.R.) and his staff, for drawing the maps and diagrams.

References
Anderson, E. M.,, 1923. The geology of the schists of the Schiehallion district. Quart. J. Geol. Soc. Lond. 79, 423–445.
Bailey, E. B., 1925. Perthshire tectonics: Loch Tummel, Blair Atholl, and Glen Shee. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb., 53, 671–698.
— 1928. Schist geology: Braemar, Glen Clunie, and Glen Shee. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb., 55, 737–754.
— 1930. New light on sedimentation and tectonics. Geol. Mag., 67, 79–92.
— and McCallien, W. J., 1937. Perthshire tectonics: Schiehallion to Glen Lyon. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb., 59, 79–117.
Barrow, G., et al., 1905. Geology of the County around Blair Atholl, Pitlochry and Aberfeldy. Mem. Geol. Surv. U.K.
Gregory, J. W., 1931. Dalradian Geology. London.
King, B. C., and Rast, N., 1956. Tectonic Styles in the Dalradians and Moines of parts of the Central Highlands of Scotland. Proc. Geol. Ass., 66, 243–269.
McCallien, W. J., 1943. The Structure of Tulach Hill, Blair Atholl, Perthshire. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., 61, 43–54.
Pantin, H. M., 1957. A Variety of Quartzite from Craig-choinnich Lodge, near Blair Atholl, Perthshire. Geol. Mag., 94, 409–412.
Rast, N., 1958. The Tectonics of the Schiehallion Complex. Quart. J. Geol. Soc. Lond: 114., 25–46.
— and Platt, J. I., 1957. Cross-folds. Geol. Mag., 94, 159–167.
Dr. H. M. Pantin
,Oceanographic Institute, D.S.I.R.,
P.O. Box 8009,
Wellington.

Mass Movement and Landform in New Zealand and
Hong Kong
[Received by the Editor, June 3, 1960.]
Abstract
Hillslope deposits of unsorted weathered debris with angular fragments set in a matrix of silty clay or clayey sand rest on shaved weathered sedentary rock in similar topographic situations both in Wellington and in Hong Kong. These features are explained in New Zealand as the result of gelifluxion in a former periglacial climate and in Hong Kong as a normal result of chemical weathering and denudation in a humid tropical region. Dell-like hollows on the margins of upland surfaces also occur in both areas. Factors common to the two regions are (or have been) the thick weathering profiles and conditions favouring the frequent saturation of the superficial portion of the rock waste. Deposits resulting from mass movement are not always reliable indicators of past climates.
Introduction
A detailed description of landform features (by Cotton) and deposits (by Te Punga) resulting from gelifluxion at Wellington, New Zealand, was given in Cotton and Te Punga (1955) and in the Lower Hutt area by Stevens (1957). The nature of the deposits was used as evidence of a former periglacial climate, but similar deposits are found in the humid tropical region of Hong Kong and south China. Factors common to New Zealand and south China are the thick mantle of weathered rock and a frequently saturated surface layer. Considerable climatic contrasts exist at present between the two areas. Whereas Hong Kong is thought to have had a natural rain forest cover, the Wellington area appears to have been unforested when the deposits were accumulating (Cotton, in Cotton and Te Punga, 1955, p. 1019).
Large-scale mass movements have played an important role in the retreat of hillslopes around the basins of south China and the resulting deposits (“fans”) were noted by Heim (1930), de Chardin (1935), and Li (1936). De Chardin (1935) thought that the deposits were formed by processes not at present in operation, but convincing arguments to the contrary were put forward by Li (1936). De Terra (1943, pp. 298 and 328) and Movius (1943) noted the formation of slope wash, creep, and landslide deposits in Burma, though most of these were assigned to former pluvial periods. Observations by the writers along the coasts between northern Taiwan and Malaya indicate that at present landslipping, earth flow and creep play a considerable part in the topographical evolution of these deeply weathered monsoonal and humid tropical lands.
Hillslope Deposits in Hong Kong
The hill and basin landform of south China is often related to areas of “weak” rock marginal to, or surrounded by, rocks more resistant to chemical weathering and subsequent mass-wasting and erosion. The granite cupola surrounded by volcanic rocks in the Hong Kong harbour area is a fine example and has been studied in detail (Berry and Ruxton, 1960, Ann. Geomorph., in the press).
Evolution of the basin form was initiated by the incision of a stream along the major axis of this elliptical cupola and was followed by back wearing of the hill-slopes. At present preferential chemical weathering takes place around the hillfoot

due to the concentration of sub-surface water frequently recharged with weathering agents, and this effect is often accentuated by the presence of the granite-volcanic contact on the hillslope. Weathering takes place much more rapidly on the granite, and the resultant removal of the debris from the lower slopes causes oversteepening. Gravity collapse of the upslope weathered debris follows, usually triggered by periods of intensely heavy rainfall. This debris, slides, rolls, and later flows down to the hillfoot (Fig. 1). It comes to rest on slopes varying between 5° and 32°, and may be from a few feet to over 50 feet thick.
Fig 1.—A, B and C, deposits formed on a hillslope below a granite-ignimbrite contact due to preferential weathering and erosion of the granite. D and E, deposits formed on a hillslope on granite due to preferential weathering and erosion at the hillfoot.
The hillslope deposits consist of an unsorted mass of weathered and fresh rock fragments in a silty-clay (from weathered volcanic rocks) or clayey-sand (from weathered granite) matrix. The rock fragments are angular or rounded, varying from 1 inch up to over 30 feet in longest diameter. Even the larger blocks have travelled up to half-a-mile. Rounded fragments have been derived from weathered corestones and fragments of their concentric sheaths are sometimes found in the debris. Many angular fragments are little altered joint blocks from the volcanic rocks, but some are derived from corestones which have broken up during movement. Cross cracking of corestones enclosed in migratory debris or resting on the surface is a common feature in many tropical areas and the products are usually angular boulders with one curved face. The matrix of the hillslope deposits is usually composed dominantly of simple mineral grains (mostly quartz, some grains of which are splintery) and clay. Many sections of these deposits show two distinct layers, the upper less weathered with larger and fresher boulders. The colour of the matrix may he reddened throughout on well-drained sites and mottled red and

yellow on poorly drained sites, but numerous sections show grey or brown shades characteristic of local weathered volcanic rocks.
Contacts between the hillslope deposits and sedentary weathered material are usually very sharp and well defined and they often rest on Zone IIa (Ruxton and Berry, 1957, p. 1269) of the weathered granite. No fossil soils have been found between the hillslope deposits and bedrock or between the two layers of such a hillslope deposit. Thus, if a soil had formed, sub-surface corrasion has been sufficient to remove it as well as an unknown amount of weathered bedrock.
This outline account indicates the many points of resemblance between the hillslope deposits in Hong Kong and geliflual debris in New Zealand. The photographs used by Te Punga of “frost-riven fragments of greywacke set in a matrix of silty sand” are indistinguishable from many sections we have studied in Hong Kong. It is well known that deeply weathered igneous rocks and associated superficial deposits in humid tropical regions were first mistaken for boulder clays (Belt, quoted in Romanes, 1912, p. 133, in Costa Rica; Ansted, quoted in Kingsmill, 1862, in south China; Agassiz and Hartt, quoted in Derby, 1896, p. 530, in Brazil), because of their angular boulders, unsorted nature and clayey matrix. Moreover, as noted by Sharpe (1938, p. 56), “it is probable also that certain deposits resembling till may be in reality old mudflows, for both consist of heterogeneous or poorly sorted material and may contain striated pebbles or boulders.”
Te Punga (1955, p. 1007) stated that “angularity of large fragments of rock and of many mineral grains cannot be explained other than as frost riving”. The hillslope deposits in Hong Kong often have these characteristics, however, and frost riving has not occurred. Dominance of simple mineral grains and their angularity are also common features of weathered debris in tropical semi-arid, savannah, and humid regions. Comminution of grains of quartz is intensely active in the migratory layer on the pediment slope at Jebel Qasim in the savannah region of the Sudan (Ruxton, 1958, p. 373).
The proportion and grain size of the minerals in the hillslope deposits compared with that of the weathered and fresh source rock might be a significant factor in climatic correlation. Even then, with no additional evidence, a large proportion of unaltered minerals in a superficial deposit could be due to derivation in an arid climate or from a low weathering zone in a humid tropical climate. Most of the geliflual debris at Wellington was derived from deeply weathered greywacke. An earlier period of intense chemical weathering had already decomposed and disintegrated the rock, and it would be very difficult to recognise extra comminution and disruption caused by frost riving and heaving from that caused by the movement of a migratory layer.
Mass Movement
The slow downslope movement of rock waste saturated with water was termed solifluction by Andersson (1906). In the initial definition there was no climatic limitation to the term, but later it was restricted to movement occurring over a frozen subsoil. The latter, Baulig (1957, note 21, p. 926) now terms gelifluxion, and he implies that solifluxion should be used for all other conditions. Penck (1953, p. 107) claimed that flowing rock waste is widespread in frost-free regions, especially when the surface mantle is moistened. Peltier (1950) pointed out that mass movement of saturated or lubricated surface material should be common in several climatic zones, becoming a relatively important factor in denudation in periglacial, maritime, and selva (humid-tropical) landscapes. Saturation of surface layers because of impeded drainage is undoubtedly the greatest single factor causing gelifluxion in periglacial regions. Saturation of the surface layers is also common in areas receiving numerous short periods of very intense rainfall, when drainage to the subsoil cannot keep pace with precipitation.

Mohr and Van Baren (1954, pp. 41–42) showed that the amount of water precipitated by tropical cloudbursts is many times (about 40 times when comparing Indonesia and Bavaria) more than that in storms of temperate latitudes. In Hong Kong the following analyses have been made over a period of 55 years (Starbuck, 1950): Average during the year of 33 occasions of over ½ inch of rain falling in 1 hour; average of 8 occasions of over 1 inch; average of 3 occasions of over 1½ inches; and average of 1 occasion of over 2 inches. Falls of over 3 inches per hour occur on the average once in 5 years. Maximum rainfall intensity in one hour during 55 years, 1884–1938, 3. 965 inches. Maximum daily rainfall during the same 55 years, 21.025 inches.
Mass movements in the tropics as a result of such violent storms will be facilitated by the presence of clayey slip planes, a high clay or silt content, and a poorly permeable substratum. The larger movements, slips, slumps, and flows, occur on moderate or steep slopes, and there is no doubt that in many cases sub-surface corrasion is caused by them.
Very slow movement or creep is also widespread in tropical regions in various climates on slopes of even 1° or less.* This is shown by the widespread presence of a migratory layer of rock waste resting on sedentary weathered rock. The two are sometimes separated by a stone pavement (stone line in section, Sharpe, 1938, p. 24; though this by itself is not evidence of creep as claimed by Sharpe). Stheeman (1932, p. 5, Fig. 2) cited evidence in south-west Uganda for the relatively more rapid movement of his polymict layer (3–4 feet thick) over a slightly deformed monomict layer (sedentary weathered granite) on slopes of 4–6°.
These findings would substantiate the “removal and renewal” doctrine of Penck (1953, pp. 62–65) which can be restated that surface removal of the soil and sub-surface renewal of the weathered debris by a lowering of the basal surface is a normal method of denudation which necessitates a surface layer of migratory material (Ruxton, 1958, p. 373). Ruxton has shown that creep occurs in the migratory layer over weathered granite at Jebel Qasim, Sudan (1958, Figs. 9, 10), to a depth of 2 to 3 feet on a slope of 1 in 50 in a semi-arid climate. The rate of creep in the migratory layer decelerates rapidly downwards, and it seems certain that no corrasion is caused by it.
There can be no absolute distinction between (a) sub-surface corrasion†, and (b) sub-surface renewal of the migratory layer by permissive incorporation of sedentary weathered rocks following surface removal of material. Nevertheless each process may be related to a type of topographic environment. If a hillslope mantled with weathered debris is oversteepened at its base large scale mass movement and
[Footnote] * We believe that a form of mass movement operates on clay-covered slopes of 1 in 200 in the Butana, Sudan. Patches of damp, saturated, and wet clay alternate along the the contours after a rainstorm and differential expansion of saturated montmorillonitic clay against the wet clay downslope is thought to cause movement (Ruxton and Berry, J. Soil Sci., 11 (1), March, 1960).
[Footnote] † Sub-surface corrasion can be defined as the forcible incorporation of sedentary weathered rock into the base of a migratory layer—i.e., landslide or soliflual flow.
[Footnote] The following are comparative rainfall data from Wellington (J. F. Gabites, 1960, “The Climate of Wellington” in “Science in Wellington”, pp. 33–35):—The amounts of rain in periods of 10 minutes, 1 hour, 12 hours and 24 hours liable to be exceeded only once in a year, once in 10 years, or once in 100 years:
[Footnote]
| Frequency | 10 min. | 1 hour | 12 hours | 24 hours |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Once in 1 year | 0.3 | 0.6 | 2.1 | 2.6 |
| Once in 10 years | 0.5 | 0.9 | 3.5 | 4. 8 |
| Once in 100 years | 0.6 | 1.2 | 6.0 | 6.9 |

sub-surface corrasion may occur. This leads to a renewal of exposure on the upper slopes. But on pediments, valley-side strips, and plains removal of surface material causes a downward extension of the surface influences which promote creep. Sedentary weathered rock is thus gradually incorporated into the migratory mantle. Removal from above is compensated by renewal from below. If corrasion is defined as a freeing of loosened rock fragments from their place of origin (cf. Penck, 1953, p. 112) then sub-surface corrasion can be said to occur under both active mass movement and slow creep. If corrasion is defined as the mechanical wearing of surfaces by rock waste in transit (cf. Malott, 1828, p. 158) then sub-surface corrasion will be practically confined to hillslopes.
Convex Profiles in Headwater Streams
Waters (1953, p. 72, fig. 2) noted that the breaks in slope on Dartmoor streams are composite and convex. An upper knick on unconsolidated gravel has migrated upstream more rapidly than a lower knick on the underlying granite. The convex knick thus owed its form to a break in the physical mobility (the ease of removal by mass-wasting or erosion) of the affected material. In a similar way, if a surface is mantled with a thick, complete, gradational weathering profile, then in general the physical mobility of the material will decrease steadily downwards, with a further sudden decrease at the basal surface (Ruxton and Berry, 1959). An old age surface developed in a humid climate usually bears an old age weathering profile with thick upper zones resting abruptly on the basal surface. After uplift revival of weathering below the former basal surface will thicken the lower zones, especially near the upland margins (Fig. 2). A thick mantle of upper weathering zones will then rest abruptly on a complex of lower zones (IIb, III and IV, Ruxton and Berry, 1957) and there will be a considerable break in the physical mobility between them. A convex valley profile may then develop around the upland margin, as the resistant lower zones hold up retreat, while the physically mobile upper zones allow the ready removal of debris and the development of a normal concave profile above the knick. On Dartmoor, Waters (1957) noted that, while the valley sides at the breaks of slope were steep and narrow, wide basins were formed above them.
If the upland margin is much dissected, as in Wellington, New Zealand, headwater streams will rise on the margins of the upland remnants, starting their courses with a convex profile as there will be insufficient catchment above them to allow the development of the upper courses. In Hong Kong convex knick points and convex headwater streams are common on the weathered granite, volcanic, and

sedimentary rocks. Above them the floor may broaden out into a basin form with a continuation of the stream, as in Dartmoor, or it may end with a dell-like hollow near a ridge top as in New Zealand.
Dell-like Hollows
Dell-like hollows in Hong Kong frequently have a swampy floor with no trace of a stream course. Artificial sections in these basins show an upper migratory layer resting on well-weathered sedentary debris sometimes with a stone line between them. The migratory layer is moving slowly downhill while its upper surface is being eroded by sheet and rill wash.
Mass movements in Hong Kong, as elsewhere (cf. Cotton, 1958a, 1958b), tend to soften the relief and to coarsen the drainage texture. There is a sharp contrast between the morphology on the granite and on the volcanic rocks. The former weathers to a clayey sand which is remarkably stable, whereas the volcanic rocks yield a silty clay which is very unstable, and slips, slumps, and flows are common. The drainage texture on the volcanic rocks is much coarser and the surface contours much smoother than on the granite, though a layer of migrating rock waste occurs en both. There is a detailed adjustment to structure both in the weathering profile and in the surface form on both the granite and the volcanic rocks (cf. Cotton, 1943, p. 239).
Cotton (1955, p. 1017) has described V-shaped gullies cut into deeply weathered rock which are now partly infilled by strips of peat swamp up to 10–20ft wide. The change from cutting to filling was assumed to be due not to deforestation but to some recent micro-climatological change. Similar features occur in Hong Kong. The floors of some side valleys are aggraded with a reddish-brown silty clay with a marsh vegetation, while the side slopes and nearby spurs are intensely and deeply gullied (Ruxton and Berry, 1957, Pl. 1, Fig. 3). The development of these features seems to be partly due to the advanced stage of the gully cycle and partly to deforestation. In the Kowloon Hills where gully development is extreme with only narrow walls of weathered debris between adjoining gullies, some of the larger gullies have aggraded floors with marshy bottoms. Here aggradation appears to be part of the normal cycle of gully development and destruction.
Conclusion
The products of mass movement in similar geological environments appear to be comparable in monsoonal and in periglacial conditions, and they must be used with caution in climatic deductions. Common factors in several areas are thick weathering profiles and conditions favouring saturation of the surface layers of rock waste. Geliflual corrasion by saturated thaw debris moving over the frozen ground in dell-like hollows in New Zealand is paralleled in Hong Kong by permissive incorporation of the sedentary weathered debris into the migratory layer by “removal and renewal”. But, whereas in Hong Kong intense chemical weathering at the base of scarp slopes is coupled with the progressive removal of the finer and more physically mobile material and collapse of the upslope debris to form hillslope deposits, it is difficult to understand how a slope can be undermined in such a way under periglacial conditions.
It seems that deeply weathered areas under many climatic regimes are very susceptible to mass movements provided sufficient relief and concentration of water are available. The Massif Central (Beaujeu-Garnier, 1953); Devon and Cornwall (Waters, 1957); Wellington (Cotton and Te Punga, 1955); Portugal (Guilcher, 1949); Brazil (Tricart, 1958), and Hong Kong all have thick weathering profiles which are affected by mass movements.
We are grateful to Professor Sir Charles Cotton, Professor W. J. McCallien, and Dr. L. Curtiss for their reading of the manuscript and their many helpful suggestions.

References
Andersson, J. G., 1906. Solifluction, a component of subaerial denudation. J. Geol., 14, 91–112.
Baulig, H., 1957. Peneplains and pediplains. Geol. Soc. America, Bull., 68, 913–930.
Beaujeu-Garnier, J., 1953. Modelé periglaciaire dans le Massif Central Français Révue de Géomorphologie dynamique, 4, 251–281.
Berry. L., and Ruxton, B. P., Evolution of the Hong Kong harbour basin. To be published in Ann. Geomorph.
Cotton, C. A., 1943. Oahu Valley sculpture: a composite review. Geol. Mag., lxxx, 237–243.
Cotton, C. A., 1958a. Alternating Pleistocene morphogenetic systems. Geol. Mag., 95, 125–136.
— 1958b. Dissection and re-dissection of the Wellington landscape. Trans. roy. Soc. N. Z., 85, 409–425.
— and Te Punga, M. T., 1955. Solifluxion and periglacially modified landforms at Wellington, New Zealand . Trans. Roy. Soc. N. Z., 82, 1001–1031.
Derby, O. A., 1896. Decomposition of rocks in Brazil . J. Geol., 4, 529–540.
de Chardin, P., Young, C. C., Pei, W. C., and Chang, H. C., 1935. On the Cenozoic formations of Kwangsi and Kwantung . Bull. Geol. Soc. China, 14, 179–205.
de Terra, H., 1943. The Pleistocene of Burma, in “Research on early man in Burma ”. Trans. Amer. phil. Soc., 32, 271–340.
Guilcher, A., 1949. Sur les vallons cotières suspendus des environs de Lisbonne. C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 9 mai 1949, 1512–1514.
Heim, A. Krejci-graf, K., and Chan-san, Lee, 1930. Geology of Canton. Geol. Surv. Kwantung and Kwangsi, Canton Spec. Publ., No. 7.
Kingsmill, T. W., 1862. Notes on the Geology of the east coast of China . Geol. Soc. Dublin, 10, 1–6.
Li, Lien-Chieh, 1936. The Physiographic significance of the occurrence of red earths in the Nanning Basin . Bull. geol. Soc. China, 15, 529–552.
Malott, C. A., 1928. An analysis of erosion. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci., 37, 153–163.
Movius, H. L., 1943. The Stone Age of Burma, in “Research on early man in Burma ”. Trans. Amer. phil. Soc., 32, 341–394.
Peltier, L., 1950. The geographic cycle in periglacial regions as it is related to climatic geomorphology. Assoc. Amer. Geog. Annals, 40, 214–236.
Penck, W. (translation by Czech and Boswell) 1953. Morphological Analysis of Landforms. London.
Romanes, J., 1912. Geology of part of Costa Rica . Quart. J. geol. Soc., 68, 103–139.
Ruxton, B. P., 1958. Weathering and subsurface erosion in granite at the piedmont angle, Balos, Sudan . Geol. Mag., 95, 353–377.
— and Berry, L., 1957. Weathering of granite and associated erosional features in Hong Kong . Geol. Soc. America Bull, 68, 1263–1292.
— 1959. The basal rock surface on weathered granitic rocks. Proc. Geol. Assoc., 70, 285–290.
Sharpe, C. F. S., 1938. Landslides and Related Phenomena. New York: Columbia University Press.
Starbuck, L., 1950. A Statistical Survey of Hong Kong Rainfall. Hong Kong Government Printer.
Stevens, G. R., 1957. Solifluxion Phenomena in the Lower Hutt Area, N. Z. J. Sci. Tech., B 38, 279–296.
Stheeman, H. A., 1932. The Geology of Southwestern Uganda. The Hague.
Tricart, J., 1958. Division morphoclimatique du Brésil Atlantique Central. Rev. de Géomorph. Dynam. 9 (2).
Waters, R. S., 1953. Aits and breaks of slope on Dartmoor streams. Geography, 38, 67–76.
— 1957. Differential weathering and erosion on oldlands. Geog. J., 123, 503–509.
L. Berry
, M. Sc., F.G.S.,Dept. of Geography,
University of Khartoum.
B. P. Ruxton
, M.A., F.G.S.,Dept. Geology,
University College of Ghana .

On the Definition, Date, and Character of the Ross Glaciation,
Early Pleistocene, New Zealand
[Received by the Editor, June 3, 1960.]
Abstract
Evidence for the Ross Glaciation is contained in a folded conformable sequence of Pliocene and Lower Pleistocene beds including till and laminated lake silts at Ross, Westland. Originally described as Pliocene, the glacial beds were later correlated on paleobotanical evidence with the Lower Nukumaruan Stage, now Lower Pleistocene. The sequence records a complete cycle of glacier advance and shrinkage superimposed upon the record of rapid alpine uplift and of the final emergence of North Westland from the sea. It is recommended that the term “Ross Glacial Stage” be dropped, and that instead the Ross Glaciation be recognized as a climatic event based upon the lithologic evidence of climatic change recorded in certain Lower Pleistocene beds at Ross, for which formal stratigraphic names are now proposed. Folding of the Lower Pleistocene beds accompanied differential tectonic elevation of the Mount Greenland mass and warping was still continuing after the early late Pleistocene Waimaungan Glaciation. It is not known whether the Ross Glaciation was due to ice-cap glacierization or piedmont coalescence of valley glaciers, but the former is perhaps the more probable.
Introduction
The glacial character of some members of a folded and steeply-dipping sequence of beds was noted by the writer in 1945 when describing Tertiary and Quaternary deposits near Ross (170° 50′ E; 42° 54′ S) on the West Coast of South Island, New Zealand. The glacial members were separately described and letter-symbols on a small scale text-figure map gave some idea of their distribution, but they were neither mapped separately nor dissociated in age from the conformably underlying Waitotaran (Pliocene) marine beds. At the time there seemed to be no alternative to recognizing an early glaciation of the area in the Pliocene, a rather unpalatable suggestion which had nevertheless been advanced long ago by Hutton (1872). Apart from sampling of carbonaceous layers, there has been little further investigation of the critical outcrops near Ross, no doubt partly because they have not since been as well exposed as in 1945, when the beds of Jones Creek and some small tributaries were temporarily clear as a result of ground-sluicings for gold that have long since ceased.
Later, through advances in paleontology, the Ross beds were correlated more precisely with Pliocene and Pleistocene stages of the New Zealand standard succession, which in turn were becoming more accurately correlated with the European succession. A decision by an international commission regarding the position of the world Pliocene-Pleistocene boundary indirectly resulted in the Ross glacial beds becoming early Pleistocene in age. Wellman introduced the terms: “Ross Glaciation” and “Ross Glacial Stage” in 1951, since when they have come into general use. Brief, single paragraph outlines of the rather involved histories of these terms have recently appeared (Gage and Suggate, 1958, p. 593; Gage, 1959, p. 354), but there is a need for an explicit account of the evidence from Ross for Lower Pleistocene glaciation in New Zealand . The main objects of this paper are to present that evidence, to define the Ross Glaciation in stratigraphic terms, and to discuss the type of glacierization and the tectonic deformation suffered by the Lower Pleistocene beds.

Evidence for Glaciation
The beds under consideration unconformably underlie the extensive piedmont moraines of Westland, which show morphologic as well as textural evidence for their glacial origin, but with which we are not concerned in this paper. The evidence for the earlier glaciation at Ross comes from the two members of the succession formerly designated “R6” and “R7” (Gage, 1945, pp. 144–7). Glacial conditions of deposition are inferred for R7 for the following reasons: (i) it includes a typical till made up of boulders and pebbles unsorted as to size or shape and embedded in tough fine blue silt; (ii) the boulders and pebbles (many of them since found to be striated) include angular fragments of schist and hornfels, for which there is no known or likely source within 9 or 10 miles; (iii) the till is overlain by laminated, graded, fine silts indistinguishable from a type of sediment common in modern ice-margin or proglacial lakes. Large angular blocks of schist also occur in the upper part of the underlying R6 conglomerate, equally remote from the nearest source. At least the upper part of the conglomerate may therefore be interpreted as proglacial outwash from advancing ice, which eventually reached the Ross area and deposited R7.
It has been tacitly assumed that the ice advanced towards Ross from an elevated tract roughly coincident in position with the present South Island mountain axis. There is no evidence from striated rock surfaces, but a westward or north-westward direction of ice flow is demanded by the lithologic composition of the glacial deposits. New Zealand has been totally isolated from lands to the west since long before the Pleistocene, and so no suggestion of ice invasion from the west need be entertained.
Evidence for Age
Younger glacial deposits at Ross were described as “R9: High-level Terrace Gravels” (now regarded as glacial; Gage and Suggate 1958, p. 594) and “R10: Piedmont moraines and associated gravels and silts”. The age of these deposits, which rest unconformably upon the Lower Pleistocene beds, is accepted as late Pleistocene and will not be discussed further here.
The older glacial beds at Ross were inferred by Gage (1945, p. 155) to be Pliocene. From studies of migrations of marine molluscan faunas Fleming (1944) concluded that the seas in the New Zealand region cooled during the Lower Nukumaruan Stage (then regarded as mid-Pliocene) and subsequently became warmer. Finlay (1947, p. 352) correlated the Opoitian and Waitotaran stages with the Plaisancian stage of Europe. During the next few years the use of plant fossils, especially pollen and spores, developed rapidly in New Zealand, so that Fleming, in a paper presented in 1953 (published 1956), was able to quote Couper as supporting the correlation of a carbonaceous band at the base of R6 with the Lower Nukumaruan. While recognizing that direct faunal evidence was still lacking for correlation of the New Zealand stages above the Waitotaran with the Calabrian or Villafranchian, Fleming (1953) recalled that the Commission of the XVIIth International Geological Congress (London, 1948) when recommending that the base of the Pleistocene be fixed at the base of the Calabrian stage, had noted that the first indication of climatic deterioration in the Italian Neogene succession begins to appear at this horizon. In New Zealand, climatic deterioration setting in at the end of Waitotaran time thus provides reasonable grounds for drawing the Pliocene-Pleistocene boundary between the Waitotaran and Nukumaruan stages. Couper and McQueen (1954, table, p. 416) confirmed the Lower Nukumaruan age of the cool-flora lignitic bed at the base of R6 at Ross, and thus the older Ross glacial beds found themselves in the Lower Pleistocene.

Stratigraphic Terminology
Investigations by Gage (1945) and Wellman (1945) at Ross, which lies within the Mikonui Subdivision of the New Zealand Geological Survey (Morgan, 1908), showed the necessity for revising Morgan's stratigraphic classification in the light of recent paleontological advances, but in accordance with views then held with regard to overloading of the nomenclature with provisional terms (Gage and Wellman, 1944, pp. 352–3), Gage designated his divisions of the Ross succession merely by mapping symbols R1, R2, etc. The terms “Ross Glaciation” and “Ross Advance” came into use later, without precise formal definition, but by inference they were based upon R7 by Wellman (1951, p. 30) and upon R6 to R8 inclusive by Fleming (1956, p. 926). “Ross Glacial Stage” was introduced nominally and with local application by Wellman (1951, fig. 2, following p. 24), but was later adopted into a proposed scheme for a glacial chronology of the New Zealand Pleistocene by Gage and Suggate (1958, p. 593). By implication, R8 was excluded on the grounds that it lacks distinctively glacial characters.
Report 6 of the American Commission on Stratigraphic Nomenclature (Richmond, et al., 1959) advises against using evidence of climate change for the defining of time stratigraphic units. The writer, on the other hand, agrees with Suggate (1960) that important reversals of trend in climate change are probably world-wide and virtually synchronous and therefore are acceptable as criteria for time-stratigraphic definitions. A “Ross Stage” of the New Zealand succession might therefore be typified by the beds between the first indications of the Ross cooling and the first indications of post-Ross warming, but no such unit is required since the time-interval concerned appears to be covered by the existing time stratigraphic classification, with which the Ross sequence can be correlated reasonably by paleontological means. It would therefore be advisable to discontinue using the term “Stage” in connection with the Ross glacial beds, and instead to re-define “Ross Glaciation” as a climatic event (not as a stratigraphic unit, the recommendation of Richmond et al., 1959, Table I, p. 666) recorded by the character and sequence of certain beds at Ross. The beds themselves should now be properly defined as rock-stratigraphic units, especially in view of the greater significance which they have assumed since they were first described.
It is now proposed to establish the Jones Formation1to include that part of the Lower Pleistocene succession at Ross described by Gage (1945, pp. 144–6) under the headings: “R6: Lower Decomposed Conglomerate” and “R7: Laminated Fine Silts and Boulder Clay”. Henceforth, the Ross Glaciation may be considered to be based upon the evidence for climate-deterioration leading to glacierization that is shown by the Jones Formation.
The sections undoubtedly should eventually be re-traversed to fix the formation boundaries precisely, but until this can be done, the sequence as described in Jones Creek upstream from the site of Ross United Claim, in the north-western branch of Jones Creek and along the former Mount Greenland water-race are offered as a provisional composite type locality.
It is intended, for the present at least, to exclude the R.8 beds from the Jones Formation, but the possibility is recognized that less well-sorted conglomerate in the upper part may represent outwash from a glacier which failed to reach the Ross area, or for some other reason failed to leave a positive record. Meanwhile, for convenience, the name Mont d'Or Formation (from an old sluicing-claim of that name) is proposed for the beds previously designated “R8: Upper Decomposed
[Footnote] 1 The term “Ross Beds” was used in tables without definition by Hector on four occasions from as early as 1877 (Fleming, 1959, p. 354), and therefore unfortunately is not available. For the same reason the name “Ross Glacial Member” proposed by Suggate (1959, p. 276) is not favoured.

Fig. 1. —Geologic sketch map of northern end of Mount Greenland Range. (Modified after Morgan, 1908; Gage, 1945; Wellman, 1945.)
Conglomerate” (Gage, 1945, p. 147). No complete, continuous section is known, but the lower part conformably succeeds Jones Formation silt in lower Jones Creek immediately south of Ross township, while the upper part is exposed in the Ross Borough water-supply race and the Mont d'Or sluicing claim. It is not known whether the Mont d'Or Formation is appreciably younger than Lower Nukumaruan.
These formations are embraced by the Old Man Gravels, which is here assigned the status of a Group. Bowen (1957) confirmed and extended earlier tentative correlations between R7 at Ross and glacial beds elsewhere in Westland.
Lower Pleistocene members of the conformable late Tertiary-early Pleistocene sequence, which were mapped together by Gage (1945, Text-fig. 1, p. 139, after Morgan), are separated in the map accompanying this paper. It may be doubted whether the separation should be attempted before the additional boundaries are traced and mapped on the ground. This task will be lengthy and difficult owing to dense vegetation and widespread cover of younger glacial deposits, and it appears unlikely to be undertaken in the near future. As it is, the additional boundaries

may be interpolated with reasonable approximation on the existing small-scale map (Fig. 1). Wellman's interpretation of the Coal Creek section (1945, fig. 1) has been adopted.
Structure and Deformation of the Lower Pleistocene Strata
Mount Greenland consists of an elevated mass of ancient greywacke and slate (Greenland Group) of Lower Palaeozoic or pre-Cambrian age surrounded by Tertiary and Quaternary deposits. Thin outliers and a basal fringe on three sides are composed of Pliocene and Lower Pleistocene beds which are deformed into sharp north-east-plunging folds and faulted in at least one place, and which show a general periclinal arrangement. The outliers are probably more extensive and more numerous than the forest cover has allowed us to discover, but the whole Mount Greenland range may be regarded as an irregularly elevated and almost completely denuded mass of ancient rocks, its relief being due directly to comparatively recent tectonic movement on a large scale. Greenland Spur and Malfroy Spur thus appear to be denuded cores of anticlines or differentially-elevated sub-blocks of the Greenland mass.
In these circumstances it is held justifiable to extend the Greenland and Malfroy anticlines (Fig. 1) beyond the known limits of surviving Pliocene-Lower Pleistocene cover in order to demonstrate the character of the later deformation. The trends of these folds conform generally with the locally very uniform north-westerly strike of the steeply-dipping greywacke basement rocks. The undermass may therefore have been deformed by the mechanism of shear-folding or closely-spaced bedding-faults, while the incompetent covering strata accommodated themselves to the displacements largely by folding. But this cannot be the whole story, for Wellman (1945, pp. 10, 12) showed that the Lower Tertiary rocks in Coal Creek were sharply folded in mid-Tertiary times about an axis transverse to the trend of Greenland Group rocks.
The timing of the later deformation at Ross may be given approximately in terms of the glacial chronology. Our knowledge of the regional paleogeography is insufficient to confirm the possibility of earlier localized emergence which is suggested by overlap of Waitotaran beds upon greywacke at Ross, but there is no doubt that the climax of the disturbance occurred after the Ross Glaciation (Lower Nukumaruan) and was, therefore, part of the major paroxysm of the Kaikoura movements in early Pleistocene times. Deposits from the Otiran Glaciation (Gage and Suggate, 1958: correlated with “Last Glacial” of the northern hemisphere) are warped and faulted at several places along the Alpine Fault (e.g., see Wellman, 1955, p. 38, “Paringa Formation”; Bowen, 1954), but are not perceptibly deformed near Ross. Gravel remnants on benches on the valley sides high above the lower gorge of the Mikonui River, and ascribed to glacial deposition during the Waimaungan Glaciation (Gage and Suggate, 1958, p. 594; probably equivalent to “Penultimate Glacial”), are more than 2,000 feet above sea-level at a distance of six miles from the coast. Moreover, a distant view of the benches gives an impression of upwarping about a north-easterly axis. Additional altitude data are required to verify this impression which, if confirmed, would mean that the uplift of Mount Greenland continued into the earlier part of the late Pleistocene.
Nature of the Ross Glaciation
The Pliocene-Lower Pleistocene succession at Ross embodies the record of a complete cycle of glacier advance and shrinkage complicating the record of final expulsion of the sea from the North Westland region. The coastline migrated north-wetswards partly as a direct result of emergence, and partly as an indirect result through progradation promoted by the abundant transfer of waste from the rapidly

rising alpine region. In some places at least the material was contributed in the form of pro-glacial outwash gravels. The coincidence cannot be ignored, and one must count the growing elevation of the land as a direct factor promoting the first Pleistocene glacierization of New Zealand, but not the sole cause, for the Ross glacial cycle begins with the floral indications of cooler conditions in the basal R6 lignite which was deposited near sea-level. Allochthonous angular bounders near the top of R6 have been taken to indicate proximity of glacier ice, while the till and sub-glacial or ice-contact water-laid deposits at the base of R7 mark the actual invasion by the glacier. Laminated silts at the top of R7 indicate recession of the ice, leaving a pro-glacial lake impounded probably by terminal moraine. The cycle is completed with the infilling of the lake, and sufficient amelioration of climate to encourage recolonization of the region by plants, as indicated by a peaty layer at the base of the Mont d'Or Formation.
Correlatives of the Jones Formation are recognized elsewhere in the region, but so much has been eroded or covered by younger deposits that we cannot picture either the details of the early Pleistocene landscape, or the character of the Ross Glaciation. It is not known, for example, whether the ice responsible for the Jones glacial beds was at any stage continuous with that responsible for similar Lower Pleistocene glacial beds farther north at Humphreys Gully and Findlay Creek (Bowen, 1957) and if so, whether continuity would imply a Ross ice-cap or merely piedmont coalescence of valley glacier tongues such as developed in Westland later in the Pleistocene. One can, however, visualize an early stage in the mountain-building when dissection was incomplete, the relief less severe, and the scenery less strongly alpine in aspect than in the later Quaternary,* so that there may have been extensive plateaus upon which ice-caps or plateau-glaciers could have been generated.
References
Bowen, F.E., 1954. Late Pleistocene and Recent Vertical Movement on the Alpine Fault. N.Z. J. Sci. Tech., B 35, pp. 390–7.
Bowen, F. E., 1957. Early Pleistocene Glaciation in Westland. Austr. N. Z. Assoc. Adv. Sc., 32nd Meeting, Dunedin, Sec. C, Abstr. C 26.
Couper, R. A., and McQueen, D. R., 1954. Pliocene and Pleistocene Plant Fossils of New Zealand and their Climatic Interpretation. N.Z. J. Sci. Tech., B 35, pp. 398–420.
Finlay, H. J., 1947. The Foraminiferal Evidence for Tertiary Trans-Tasman Correlation. Trans. roy. Soc. N.Z., 76, pp. 327–52.
Fleming, C. A., 1944. Molluscan Evidence of Pliocene Climatic Changes in New Zealand . Trans. roy. Soc. N.Z., 74, pp. 207–220.
— 1953. New Evidence for World Correlation of the Marine Pliocene. Austr. J. Sci., 15, pp. 135–6.
— 1956. Quaternary Geochronology in New Zealand . Actes IV Congr. Internat. Quaternaire, Rome-Pisa, 1953, pp. 925–30.
Gage, M., 1945. The Tertiary and Quaternary Geology of Ross, Westland. Trans. roy Soc. N.Z., 75, pp. 138–59.
— 1959. Ross Glacial Stage, in Lexique Stratigr. Internat., 6 (Océanie), (4) New Zealand: Paris.
— and Suggate, R. P., 1958. Glacial Chronology of the New Zealand Pleistocene. Geol. Soc. America Bull., 69, pp. 589–98.
— and Wellman, H. W., 1944. The Geology of Koiterangi Hill, Westland. Trans. roy Soc. N.Z., 73, pp. 351–64.
Hutton, F. W., 1872. On the Date of the Last Glacier Period in New Zealand, and the Formation of Lake Wakatipu. Trans. N. Z. Inst., 5, p. 384.
[Footnote] * This suggestion was advanced by Dr. H. W. Wellman during conversation some years ago*.

Morgan, P. G., 1908. The Geology of the Mikonui Subdivision, North Westland. N.Z. geol. Surv. Bull. n.s., 6.
Richmond, G. M., et al., 1959. Application of Stratigraphic Classification and Nomenclature to the Quaternary (Report 6—American Commission on Stratigraphic Nomenclature). American Ass. Petrol. Geol. Bull., 43, pp. 663–75.
Suggate, R. P., 1959. Old Man Gravels, in Lexique Stratigraphique International, 6 (Océanie), (4) (New Zealand): Paris.
— 1960. Time-stratigraphic Subdivision of the Quaternary, as Viewed from New New Zealand. Quaternaria, V.
Wellman, H. W., 1945. The Geology of Coal Creek, Ross. N.Z. J. Sci. Tech., B 27, pp. 8–14.
— 1951. The Geology of Bruce Bay-Haast River, South Westland, N.Z. geol. Surv. Bull., 48.
— 1955. The Geology between Bruce Bay and Haast River, South Westland. N.Z. geol. Surv. Bull., 48 (2nd edition).
Dr. Maxwell Gage,
Department of Geology,
University of Canterbury.
Christchurch.

Contributions to the Mineralogy of New Zealand—Part V
[Read before the Otago Branch, April 12, 1960; received by the Editor, May 19, 1960.]
Abstract
Hyacinth and samarskite from Snowy River, and euxenite-polycrase from Nile River, south-western Nelson, New Zealand, have been studies in some detail.
Two distinct morphological developments have been noted for hyacinth with m {110} and p {111}, or a {100} and e {101} as apparently sole forms. Single-crystal rotation photographs of unheated hyacinth exhibit the results of disordering, but heating at 760° C. for 15 minutes, either in air or in vacuo, restores order. Physical constants determined for hyacinth are: (for disordered forms) a0 = 6.625 Å, c0 = 6.010 Å, ± 0.002 Å, cell volume = 263.782 Å3; sp. gr. at 20° C. (meas.) = 4.58, ± 0; 01; (for ordered forms) a0 = 6.605 Å, c0 ± 5.978 Å, ± 0.002 Å, cell volume = 260.796 Å3; sp. gr. at 20° C. (meas.) = 4.63, ± 0.01. Indexed powder patterns for both forms are recorded.
Occasional crystals of hyacinth with metamict samarskite as inclusion-material have been found which, after appropriate heat-treatment, yield single crystal photographs of ordered zircon with a powder pattern due to samarskite superimposed thereon. New Zealand and Spruce Pine, North Carolina, samarskite have been heated over a range of temperatures and under a variety of conditions, and the powder patterns obtained from these products are listed fully, and compared in some detail to data obtained by other writers.
Fragmentary crystals of euxenite-polycrase with n = 2.2–2.25, and sp. gr. just less than 5, are very rare constituents of heavy concentrates obtained from Nile River gravels. The forms a {100}, b {010}, c {001}, d {101}, and m {110} have been recognized with certainty in crystals that are strongly striated and prismatic parallel to [001], and flattened parallel to {010}; satellites are present in some cases. The mineral is completely metamict, and after heat-treatment over a range of temperatures, and under a variety of conditions, distinctive x-ray powder patterns have been obtained. Unit cell dimensions, calculated from powder data secured by heating the mineral to 1130–1140° C. are: a0 = 5.53, b0 = 14.63, c0 = 5.16Å. Inter-axial ratio a:b:c = 0.378:1:0.353 (from x-ray data), and 0. 369:1:0.348 (morphological ratio).
Hyacinth
In heavy concentrates obtained from the Snowy River dredge and stream gravels of that south-western Nelson river, the variety of zircon known as hyacinth is one of the more important constituents along with ilmenite, monazite, xenotime, and garnet. Attention has been drawn to the morphology and physical properties displayed by this mineral in an earlier paper (Hutton, 1950, pp. 689–692), but additional data are now reported.
Single crystal study of the least abraded particles of the simplest form, 0.062–0.125 mm in length, shows that in seven crystals, the forms m {110} and p {111} are dominant, with a {100} apparently absent. On the other hand, the remaining three crystals exhibit a {100} and e {101} as the dominant forms with m {110} and p {111} apparently not developed. The development in zircon of second order prisms as the sole form in the zone [001] would appear to be unusual.

Films yielded by rotations about the a- and c- crystallographic axes of carefully oriented crystals1 exhibit reasonably precise reflections at low angles on the zero-and first-layers, but at angles greater than 80° 2θ, the reflections on the zero-layer become diffuse and there is no resolution into α1 and α2 lines. Third-layer lines in films for both a- and c- axis rotations are barely visible, and the reflections therein are merely diffuse streaks 3–4 mm in length (compare Fig. 1A, Plate 43, with Pabst, 1952, p. 155, top illustration in Fig. 6).
From zero-layer Weissenberg films that have been calibrated with quartz, unit cell dimensions of hyacinth have been determined to be as follows: ao = 6.625 Å, co = 6.010 Å (cell volume = 263.782 Å3), and both values are considered to be subject to error not in excess of 0.002Å.
Owing to the need to preserve the measured crystals undamaged for subsequent heat-treatment, powder photographs of hyacinth were obtained from crystals that exhibited similar hue and tone to those employed in single crystal work. A typical powder pattern, set out in Table I, column A, has been indexed as fully as possible in spite of the diffusitivity of reflections at higher angles2, and the lines therein do not exhibit any degree of asymmetry comparable to the skewing of peaks observed by Hurley and Fairbairn (1953, p. 665).
Crystals for which cell dimensions had been obtained, were then heated in silica capillaries in vacuo, and also in air, at 760° C. for 15 minutes.3 From a superficial point of view, the only effect of this treatment was decolouration of the crystals, but x-ray films secured for a- and c- axes rotations are distinct from those obtained before such treatment on account of the degree of ordering that had then taken place. The reflections are precisely defined, resolution into α1 and α2 reflections is evident, and the third-layer in films of both orientations is clearly developed (for copper radiation). No powder arcs are present except in rare cases to be described later in this paper, and accordingly, the situation for hyacinth employed herein is distinct from that found by Pabst (1952, p. 154) for Indiahoma, Oklahoma, zircon with a much greater degree of metamictization, but comparable to that found by von Stackelberg and Chuboda (1937), and von Stackelberg and Rottenbach (1940) for only partially altered zircon.
Careful measurements of a- and c- axes zero-layer Weissenberg films, standardized by quartz, gave cell dimensions as follows: a0 = 6.605 Å, c0 = 5.978 Å (cell volume = 260.796 Å3); the cell dimensions were found to vary by no more than 0. 002 Å in measurements made with several films.
As in the case of the unheated hyacinth crystals, the heat-treated material has been retained, and powder patterns prepared from other, but strictly comparable, crystals that were subjected to similar heat-treatment.
A typical powder pattern of the ordered form is set out in Table I, column B; this has been fully indexed, and at the same time, calculated d-spacings that correspond to all reflections observed on Weissenberg films have been listed. A few reflections such as (444), present in the powder pattern, but lying in blind areas between the a- and c-rotation axes, have been found on films secured by rotation about [110].
This pattern compares satisfactorily with that recorded by Swanson, Fuyat, and Ugrinic (1955, p. 71), although several additional faint lines are recorded by the present writer; one line observed by Swanson et al., viz. d = 0.853, was not found on the powder film, but the corresponding reflection was observed on the
[Footnote] 1 Rotation and crystallographic axes do not depart from one another by more than 5 minutes.
[Footnote] 2 The corrected diffraction angle (2θ) for the line due to (112) is 35.47, and according to Hurley and Fairbairn (1953, p. 666, Fig. 2), the hyacinth studied here would appear to have an activity equivalent to about 160 alphas/mg/hr.
[Footnote] 3 Heating, either in air or in vacuo, produces similar results, and no differences in cell dimensions were detected in hyacinth treated by the two methods.

a-axis zero-layer Weissenberg film. Two lines at d = 1.218 and d = 0.902 Å that result from reflections from (314) and (534) respectively have not been recorded by Swanson et al., although they are both permitted by the space group for zircon, and have been observed on the writer's Weissenberg and powder films.
In one of the powder patterns listed for comparative purposes by Swanson et al., viz. the British Museum pattern, there is a diffuse line at 1.217 Å with an intensity of 20. This has been dismissed by these writers as alone due to monoclinic form of ZrO2, or baddeleyite. They are justified, in the main, since the British Museum pattern also exhibits a strong line at 2.76 Å1 that is undoubtedly due to baddeleyite, but the writer believes that they are incorrect in considering the line at 1.217 Å as solely due to baddeleyite.
Again it should be noted that, although Swanson et al. do not record a line at 0.902 Å ca, the United Steel Companies pattern listed by them does contain this line; the intensity, however, is given as 50 on their scale, although the corresponding reflection due to (534) is faint in both the present writer's powder pattern and a-axis 3rd-layer Weissenberg film. Inspection of the scale of intensities listed with d-spacings by the United Steel Companies, suggests that their films have been heavily over-exposed; this would permit fainter lines to assume greater densities.2.
Table. I —X-ray Powder Diffraction Data for Hyacinth
Snowy River, south-western Nelson, New Zealand (x-ray films Nos. 1123, 1124). Nickel-filtered copper radiation (CuKa = 1.5418 Å). Camera diameter = 114.59 mm; cut-off at 18.5 Å ca. Spacings corrected for film shrinkage. Disordered form:
ao = 6.625 Å, co = 6.010 Å. Ordered form ao = 6.605 Å, co = 5.978 Å.
| A | B | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| hkl | d. calc. | d. meas. | I | d. calc. | d. meas. | I |
| 101 | 4.4615 | 4.47 | 50 | 4.439 | 4.43 | 50 |
| 200 | 3.3143 | 3.315 | 100 | 3.305 | 3.29 | 100 |
| 211 | 2.658 | 2.662 | 10 | 2.649 | 2.647 | 15 |
| 112 | 2.529 | 2.53 | 60 | 2.517 | 2.518 | 60 |
| 220 | 2.343 | 2.34 | 15 | 2.337 | 2.333 | 25 |
| 202 | 2.226 | 2.226 | 10 | 2 .165 | 2.216 | 20 |
| 301 | 2.073 | 2.072 | 30 | 2.066 | 2.066 | 35 |
| 103 | 1.918 | 1.919 | 15 | 1.907 | 1.913 | 25 |
| 222 | — | — | — | 1.8405 | — | — |
| 321 | 1.757 | 1.757 | 15 | 1.751 | 1.750 | 25 |
| 312 | 1.719 | 1.720 | 40 | 1.7125 | 1.710 | 50 |
| 213 | — | — | — | 1.652 | — | — |
| 400 | 1.6565 | 1.656 | 15 | 1.651 | 1.650 | 35 |
| 411 | 1.553 | 1.549 | 2 | 1.548 | 1.544 | 5 |
| 004 | 1.503 | 1.506 | 3 | 1.495 | 1.495 | 5 |
| 303 | — | — | — | 1.478 | — | — |
| 420 | 1.4815 | 1.480 | 10 | 1.4775 | 1.475 | 25 |
| 402 | — | — | — | 1.446 | — | — |
| 332 | 1.386 | 1.386 | 15 | 1.381 | 1.380 | 35 |
| 204 | 1.368 | 1.368 | 8 | 1.362 | 1.364 | 20 |
| 323 | — | — | — | 1.349 | — | — |
| 422 | — | — | — | 1.324 | — | — |
| 501, 431 | 1.294 | 1.292 | 5 | 1.290 | 1.289 | 15 |
| 224 | 1.265 | 1.266 | 6 | 1.259 | 1.262 | 20 |
| 413 | 1.253 | 1.251 | 1 | 1.2485 | 1.248 | 3 |
| 314 | — | — | — | 1.215 | 1.218 | 1D |
[Footnote] 1 The low-angle lines in the British Museum pattern all appear to have d-spacings that are too low; accordingly, the 2.76 Å line almost certainly corresponds to that at 2.84 Å in baddeleyite.
[Footnote] 2 In this connection note that the (312) line at 1.71 Å in the United Steel Companies pattern is given an intensity of 100, whereas in carefully exposed Weissenberg films, it is less than one half the density of the reflection due to (200).

| 521 | 1.193 | 1.191 | 8 | 1.200 | 1.201 | 1D |
| 512 | — | — | — | 1.189 | 1.189 | 30 |
| 105 | — | — | — | 1.177 | — | — |
| 440 | 1.171 | 1.171 | <1D | 1.168 | 1.167 | 5 |
| 215, 404 | 1.113 | 1.113 | 2 | 1.108 | 1.110 | 10 |
| 503, 600, 433 | 1.104 | 1.104 | 3D | 1.101 | 1.1015 | 10 |
| 611 | 1.072 | — | — | 1.069 | 1.068 | 1 |
| 532 | 1.063 | 1.062 | 4D | 1.059 | 1.059 | 15 |
| 424, 305 | 1,055 | 1,054 | 4D | 1.051 | 1.052 | 15 |
| 523, 620 | 1.048 | 1.047 | 3D | 1.045 | 1.045 | 8 |
| 541 | — | — | — | 1.0165 | — | — |
| 325 | 1.006 | 1.006 | 1D | 1.001 | 1.003 | 1 |
| 622 | — | — | — | .986 | — | — |
| 116 | .979 | .979 | 2D | .974 | .9765 | 5 |
| 631 | .974 | — | — | .9715 | .971 | 2 |
| 415 | .962 | — | — | .958 | .958 | 1 |
| 206 | — | — | — | .954 | — | — |
| 613 | .957 | — | — | .9535 | .9535 | 2 |
| 701 | .932 | .932 | 2 | |||
| 444 | .920 | .9215 | 5 | |||
| 640 | .9165 | — | — | |||
| 543 | .916 | .916 | 10 | |||
| 534 | .903 | .902 | 5 | |||
| 316 | .899 | .899 | 1 | |||
| 721 | .897 | — | — | |||
| 712, 552 | .892 | .892 | 20 | |||
| 604, 505 | .887 | .886 | 2 | |||
| 633 | .883 | — | — | |||
| 525, 624 | .856 | .857 | 20 | |||
| 703, 406 | .853 | — | — | |||
| 107 | .847 | — | — | |||
| 336 | .839 | — | — | |||
| 651 | .837 | — | — | |||
| 732 | .833 | .833 | 25 | |||
| 800, 723 | .826 | .825 | 3 | |||
| 217 | .821 | — | — | |||
| 811, 741 | .812 | .812 | 3 | |||
| 615 | .805 | — | — | |||
| 820 | .801 | .801 | .5 | |||
| 307 | .7965 | — | — | |||
| 802 | .792 | .792 | 30D | |||
| 516 | .790 | — | — | |||
| 644 | .781 | .781 | 30D | |||
| 563 | .7785 | — | — | |||
| 237 | .774 | — | — | |||
| 822 | .773 | — | — |
A. Disordered form of hyacinth.
B. Ordered form of hyacinth after having been heated to 760° C. for 15 minutes in air or in vacuo.
I = Intensities were determined visually. D = Diffuse reflection.
The unit cell dimensions of heat-treated Snowy River hyacinth are almost identical to the values recorded by Swanson et al. (1955, p. 69) for zircon. Constants determined for hyacinth are as follows: ao = 6.605 Å and co = 5.978 Å, and these data are to be compared to ao = 6.604 Å and co = 5.979 Å for the exceedingly pure zirconium silicate employed by the National Bureau of Standards for their measurements.
Specific gravities have been determined for natural hyacinth and the heat-treated mineral, but it must be stressed that these data have not been observed for the actual crystals for which cell dimensions have been measured, but instead,

Fig. 1. —c-axis rotation photographs of hyacinth from Snowy River. south-western Nelson. New Zealand. Nickel-filtered copper radiation and camera diameter = 57.29 mm.
A (upper). Hyacinth before heat-treatment. X-ray film No. 1038.
B (lower). Hyacinth after having been heated in air for 30 minutes at 860° C., with a superimposed powder pattern due to recrystallized samarskite inclusion. This powder photograph may be compared to that illustrated in Fig. 2C. X-ray film No. 1130.

Fig. 2.—X-ray diffraction powder patterns of samarskite. Nickel-filtered copper radiation (CuKa = 1.5418 Å). Camera diameter = 114.59 mm. Cut-off = 18.5 Å ca.
A. Heated in air to 600° C. for 30 minutes. Exposure time = 5.3 hours, aperture No. 3. Film No. 1154. Spruce Pine. Mitchell Co., North Carolina.
B. Heated in air to 860° C. for 30 minutes. Exposure time = 5.6 hours, aperture No. 1 Film No. 1150. Spruce Pine, Mitchell Co., North Carolina.
C. Inclusion material from hyacinth. Heated in zircon in an to 860° C. for 30 minutes. Exposure time = 4.9 hours, aperture No. 3. Film No. 1131. A Snowy River. Mawheraiti S.D., south-western Nelson, New Zealand.
D. Heated in air to 1000° C. for 30 minutes. Exposure time = 5.3 hours, aperture No. 4. Film No. 1155. Spruce Pine, Mitchell Co., North Carolina.
E. Inclusion material removed from hyacinth and heated in air to 1000° C. for 30 minutes. Exposure time = 6.0 hours, aperture No. 4. Film No. 1134. Snowy River, Mawheraiti S.D., south-western Nelson, New Zealand.

10–15 mgm amounts of carefully hand-picked hyacinth crystals were used. These data are as follows:
| Natural Hyacinth | Heat-treated Hyacinth | |
|---|---|---|
| Sp. gr. meas. at 20° C. | 4.58 ± 0.01 | 4.63 ± 0.01 |
| Sp. gr. calc. from cell dimensions | 4.585 | 4.638 |
Samarskite in Hyacinth
In nearly pure samples of hyacinth from Snowy River concentrates several crystals were observed to have brown inclusions, and in the past one has only attempted to make an informed guess as to their precise nature (Hutton, 1950, p. 690).
Efforts have been made to identify these inclusions by single crystal x-ray studies in which hyacinth crystals have been carefully oriented for rotation about either the a- or c-crystallographic axis. In most cases crystallographic axes of inclusion-material have been so misaligned with respect to the axes of the zircons being investigated, that the array of reflections due to inclusions could not be interpreted. In those instances where an axis of an inclusion approached parallelism either to the a- or c-axis of zircon it was possible to determine the nature of the inclusion. In this way, apatite, monazite, and zircon have been recognized with certainty. This procedure, however, did not provide a technique that was any better than more simple and speedier methods.
The situation with rare brown, apparently isotropic inclusions, was different; and rotation films exhibit only reflections due to zircon. Acting upon the assumption that such material may be in a metamict condition, the hyacinth containing such inclusions was heated in air for 30 minutes at 860° C. These crystals, when carefully oriented with the c-axis as rotation axis, yield rotation patterns of well-ordered zircon, but in addition, a fairly precisely defined, but rather faint, powder pattern (PI. 43B, lower) becomes evident. Measurement of the powder pattern suggests that the material may be samarskite, but the desired precision was not attained owing to the diameter of the camera employed (57.29 mm), and the faintness of the lines in most cases. Longer exposure times did not resolve the latter problem, because the intensity of the background became too great. Accordingly, as it was being observed beneath a binocular microscope, the crystal of hyacinth was carefully fractured between glass slides in a smear of glycerol, and the inclusion material, which had a bread-crust aspect, was found to be incoherent, and fell to a fine powder. After removal of glycerol, as much of the powder as possible was picked up in a vaseline-smeared glass hair, and mounted in a 114.59 mm camera; this specimen was found to yield good powder patterns that permitted reasonably precise measurement (PI. 44C).
These data are set out in Table. II, column C, and are compared there with powder data yielded by undoubted samarskite from Spruce Pine, Mitchell County, North Carolina (Table II, columns A, B, and D; also Fig. 2, PI. 44). The d-spacings and intensities listed in Column B are those yielded by samarskite that has been subjected to treatment identical to that accorded samarskite in hyacinth, and it will be observed that the d-spacings and intensities listed in B and C are quite similar.
A number of distinctive points are evident, however, and perhaps the most obvious one concerns the line with maximum intensity. For inclusion material, the strongest line is found at 3.20 Å, whereas the line with a comparable spacing in Spruce Pine samarskite is rated at 70 ca.; on the other hand, the most intense reflection in the latter specimen is to be found at 2.90 Å.

Table II —X-ray Diffraction Powder Patterns of Samarskite.
Nickel-filtered copper radiation (CuKa = 1.5418 Å) Camera. diameter = 114.59 mm. Cut-off at 18.5 Å ca. Intensities determined visually and films corrected for shrinkage.
[The section below cannot be correctly rendered as it contains complex formatting. See the image of the page for a more accurate rendering.]
| A | B | C | D | E | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| d. meas. | I | d. meas. | I | d. meas. | I | d. meas | I | d. meas. | I |
| 6.06 | 1VD | ||||||||
| 4.16 | 2 | ||||||||
| 4.01 | 30 | 4.02 | 50 | 4.02 | 40B | ||||
| — | — | — | — | 3.76 | 10 | ||||
| 3.56 | 10 | 3.56 | 10 | 3.58 | 10 | 3.64 | 3D | 3.62 | 1 |
| 3.22 | 25 | 3.22 | 70 | 3.20 | 100VB | — | — | 3.20 | 1 |
| 3.19 | 1D | 3.12 | 10D | 3.13 | 1 | — | — | — | — |
| 3.10 | 30D | 3.04 | 5 | 3.06 | 40 | — | — | — | — |
| 2.98 | 30 | 2.98 | 30 | 2.99 | 50 | 2.98 | 100BD | 2.97 | 10B |
| 2.945 | 5D | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| 2.89 | 100 | 2.90 | 100 | 2.91 | 45 | — | — | — | — |
| — | — | 2.806 | 1 | 2.805 | 1 | 2.80 | 5D | 2.80 | 1 |
| 2.784 | 5 | 2.748 | 5 | 2.751 | 5 | — | — | — | — |
| 2.735 | 10 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| 2.633 | 1 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| 2.574 | 5D | 2.589 | 5 | 2.592 | 10 | 2.583 | 10D | 2.58 | 4 |
| 2.517 | 40D | 2.508 | 50BD | 2.500 | 70 | — | — | — | — |
| 2.497 | 40D | ||||||||
| 2.438 | 20 | 2.443 | 10D | — | — | 2.467 | 5D | — | — |
| 2.317 | 10 | 2.327 | 1D | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| 2.260 | 1 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| 2.213 | 5 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| 2.160 | 10 | 2.165 | 5D | 2.165 | 1D | 2.187 | <.1D | — | — |
| 2.050 | 10 | 2.053 | 5D | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| 2.006 | 10 | 2.009 | 5D | 2.008 | 1VD | — | — | — | — |
| 1.900 | 40D | 1.914 | 20VD | 1.901 | 10 | — | — | — | — |
| 1.870 | 15 | 1.888 | 5VD | 1.887 | 10 | 1.896 | 5D | 1.89 | 1 |
| 1.852 | 20 | 1.859 | 30VD | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| 1.827 | 30 | 1.836 | 10D | 1.836 | 40 | 1.828 | 20D | 1.82 | 8 |
| 1.790 | 5D | 1.7905 | 1D | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| 1.752 | 1D | — | — | — | — | 1.764 | 1.75 | 1 | |
| 1.730 | 25D | 1.734 | 15D | — | — | — | 10 | — | — |
| 1.705 | 60 | 1.707 | 40 | 1.705 | 30D | 1.700 | — | — | |
| 1.686 | 55 | 1.683 | 40 | 1.682 | 20D | — | — | ||
| 1.647 | 5 | — | — | 1.648 | 1D | — | — | — | — |
| — | — | 1.636 | 1VD | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| 1.623 | 10VD | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| 1.576 | 30D | ||||||||
| 1.560 | 50D | 1.570 | 40VBD | 1.566 | 40D | 1.563 | 5D | 1.56 | 8 |
| 1.513 | 30D | 1.508 | 15VBD | — | — | 1.490 | 1.49 | 1 | |
| 1.456 | 5D | 1.460 | 1D | — | — | 1VD | |||
| 1.436 | 30 | 1.440 | |||||||
| 1.431 | 30BD | 1.431 | 20 | — | — | — | — | ||
| 1.426 | 5D | ||||||||
| 1.372 | 1D | 1.371 | 1D | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| 1.350 | 5D | 1.352 | 2D | 1.357 | 1VD | 1.355 | 1VD | 1.35 | 1 |
| 1.2935 | 1D | 1.292 | 2D | 1.300 | 1VD | — | — | 1.287 | 1 |
| 1.264 | 1D | 1.260 | 1D | 1.267 | 1VD | — | — | — | — |
| 1.238 | 1D | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| 1.224 | 5D | 1.223 | 5D | 1.223 | 1VD | — | — | — | — |
| 1.190 | 5VBD | 1.194 | 5D | 1.190 | 1VD | 1.193 | <1VD | 1.184 | 5 |
| 1.168 | 2D | 1.171 | 5D | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| 1.159 | 1D | 1.1605 | 2D | 1.159 | 1VD | — | — | 1.154 | 5 |
| 1.148 | 1D | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| 1.118 | 2D | — | — | 1.117 | 1VD | — | — | — | — |
| — | — | 1.112 | 1VD | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| 1.1065 | 1D | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| 1.091 | 1D | 1.090 | 1VD | 1.084 | 1VD | — | — | — | — |
| 1.079 | 2VD | 1.078 | 2VD | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| 1.058 | 2VD | 1.041 | 1VD | 1.034 | 1VD | — | — | 1.053 | 3 |
| 1.018 | 2VD | 1.019 | 1VD | — | — | — | — | — | — |
| — | — | 1.000 | 5VD | 1.000 | 1VD | — | — | .994 | 3 |
| — | — | .977 | 1VD | — | — | — | — | — | — |

Explanation of Table II.
A. Samarskite heated in air to 1130–1140° C. for three hours. Spruce Pine, Mitchell Co., North Carolina . X-ray film No. 255. The lines at 2.517 and 2.497 Å and those at 1.436 and 1.426 Å are bracketed together because these pairs of lines are only barely resolved. Resolution is somewhat less in films yielded by material that has been heated to 1000° C., still less so at 950° C., and was unrecognized in films yielded by samarskite that has been heated to 860° C. (column B).
The line at 1.560 Å represents the sharp shoulder of a band that fades off imperceptibly towards lower angles of 2θ. The band is approximately 0.03 Å in width. A number of very diffuse lines have been noted in the film following the last spacing (1.018 Å) listed.
B. Samarskite as for A, but heated in air to 860° C. for 30 minutes. X-ray film No. 1150. The lines that are bracketed signify barely resolved reflections, and in the case of lines at 1.914, 1.888, and 1.859, although resolution is quite evident, the lines are enveloped in a fairly strong diffuse band.
C. Samarskite inclusion in hyacinth, heated in air to 860° C. for 30 minutes. Snowy River, south-western Nelson, New Zealand . X-ray films Nos. 1130 and 1131A.
Bracketed lines have the same significance as those in columns A and B. The line at 1.431 Å, although rather broad, is not diffuse; it is probably a doublet.
D. Samarskite as for columns A and B, but heated in air at 560° C. for four hours. X-ray film No. 252.
The lines at 1.764 and 1.700 Å constitute a band, rather sharp at 1.764 Å but fading towards higher angles. The lines at 1.490 and 1.440 Å represent the limits of a very diffuse band.
E. Samarskite heated in air to 600° C. for five hours. The locality is given merely as N. Carolina (Lima-de-Faria, 1956, p. 128, Table I, 3rd column).
D, diffuse line. B, broad line. VD or VB, very diffuse or very broad line. VBD, very broad, diffuse line.
The temperature at which hyacinth with inclusions was heated—viz., 860° C., was chosen before it was realized that the inclusion material was samarskite. Accordingly, the x-ray diffraction pattern yielded by the phases so formed by the multiple oxide may not readily be compared to any recorded data, because powder patterns made available by other investigators (Berman, 1955; Lima-de-Faria, 1956, 1958) have been obtained from samarskites heated to temperatures of 600° C. and 1000° C. in air. For this and other reasons, x-ray patterns have been secured for Spruce Pine samarskite that had been heated in air to 560°, 600°, 750°, 860°, 1000° C. 1130–1140° C. The 600° and 1000° C. temperatures were chosen so that the films obtained by the present writer might be compared with the data recorded by Lima-de-Faria, and the other temperatures were chosen after inspection of differential thermal analysis curves of Spruce Pine samarskite. The curve obtained in this instance shows, after an initial endothermic dip, four exothermic peaks at 445°, 700°, 830°, and 1015° C. It would seem appropriate, therefore, to heat specimens of samarskite for subsequent x-ray study at temperatures which correspond to points on the differential thermal analysis curve that indicate a cessation of an exothermic reaction.
It should be noted that for temperatures in excess of 1000° C. a heating period of 30 minutes is quite adequate, and in fact in the study reported later in this paper it is stated that films yielded by euxenite that had been heated to 1000° C. in air for 10, 30, 60 and 180 minutes are identical in every way. A number of specimens of samarskite studied here were heated for a range of periods up to four hours, but careful inspection of the films yielded by materials so treated showed that longer periods of heating were no more effective than the shorter ones.
The x-ray diffraction powder patterns yielded by samarskite heated to 560°, 600°, 860°, and 1130–1140° C. are set out in. Table II, and a number of these are to be found in Pl. 44. The pattern secured for samarskite that had been heated to the latter temperature is listed here in place of that yielded by the same material after heat-treatment at 1000° C., because, although the two patterns are identical,

a very slight improvement in resolution in the film for the mineral treated at the higher temperature is evident. Doubtless this increase in resolution is to be correlated with the relatively weak exothermal reaction that takes place at 1015° C.
The d-spacings in column A are comparable to those reported by Lima-de-Faria (1956, p. 128, Table I) for samarskite that had been heated to 1000° C., except upon two accounts: (1) the present writer has recorded a considerable number of additional lines, and (2) the intensities reported by Lima-de-Faria at higher angles of 2θ are, in most instances, very much in excess of those found by the present writer, a situation that may be the result of excessive over-exposure of films by Lima-de-Faria. This would seem to be quite definitely the situation with Lime-de-Faria's Boa Esperança samarskite, since he records ten lines with intensities equivalent to 10 (100 on the present writer's scale), and four of them have d-spacings less than 1.180 Å.
The patterns yielded by Spruce Pine samarskite that had been subjected to temperatures of 600° C. for four hours are identical to those for material treated at 560° C. (Table II, column D), and are comparable in a general way only, with Lima-de-Faria's pattern for similarly treated samarskite from the same locality (Table II, column E). Lima-de-Faria has listed intensities that are approximately one-half to one-third that of the most intense line at 2.97 Å for many reflections at angles greater than about 80° 2θ; these intensities appear to be excessive, and it is tentatively suggested that that author's films are much over-exposed.
In commenting upon the results of heating samarskite in air, Lima-de-Faria (1956, p. 127) states that “practically all the strong arcs obtained on heating at 600° C. are hardly noticeable after heating at 1000° C.”. While it is true that an additional phase, or phases, may result from heating at 1000° C. compared to the material produced at 600° C., it seems to the present writer that Lima-de-Faria's statement creates the impression that the x-ray diffraction patterns yielded by samarskite subjected to these different heat-treatments have little in common with each other. This is not strictly the picture that emerges as one examines films yielded by material heated to 560°, 750°, 860°, and 1140° C. when these are laid side by side in that sequence. Most of the broad, diffuse lines found in films of samarskite that had been heated to 560° C. gradually become resolved into separate lines that are fairly closely spaced but precisely defined in films yielded by material heated to the higher temperatures. Note, for instance, the situation as it applies to lines at 2.98, 2.80, and 2.583 Å in d-spacings yielded at the lowest temperature employed here (Table II, column D). Furthermore, the diffuse line of medium strength at 1.896 Å (Table II, column D) corresponds to a broad band of great diffuseness in which three rather well defined lines are visible in samarskite heated to 860° C. (Table II, column B), whereas at the highest temperature the diffuse background virtually disappears and the precisely defined lines remain. Comparable situations are evident at other points on the films.
In a later paper on the effects of heat-treatment of metamict minerals, Lima-de-Faria (1958, p. 940) states that in his experiments he has adopted the practice of heating the powdered minerals rather than fragments thereof. He believes that oxidation, if it should occur, would be more complete in the case of powders, instead of being restricted to peripheral zones of fragments. Lima-de-Faria does not give any indications of the minimum dimensions for fragments that might be affected in this way, but the present writer's experience, so far as samarskite is concerned,

shows that if particle diameters of mineral grains to be subjected to heat-treatment average about 0.1 mm then the x-ray diffraction pattern yielded by a single particle of this size is identical with that obtained from material that had been finely powdered before heat-treatment. Furthermore, oxidation may not be an important factor, because the North Carolina samarskite when heated either in air or in vacuo yields x-ray diffraction patterns that cannot be distinguished one from the other.
Euxenite-Polycrase
In heavy residues secured from gravels of the Nile or Waitakere River, just downstream from its junction with Awakari Stream1, some particles were dismissed, at first, as anhedral grains of chromite or chromian spinel owing to deep brown colour, isotropic character, and marked conchoidal fracture surfaces, until a few
Fig. 3. —Slightly simplified drawings of euxenite-polycrase crystals from the Nile River, New Zealand. Magnification is approximately the same for all crystals, and crystal B is 2.1 mm in length. A and B: Crystals exhibit development of forms a {100}, b {010}, d {101}, and m {110}, together with satellites. Crystals are strongly striated parallel to [001]. C: Two striated crystals of similar form with a {100}, d {101}, and b {010} exhibit inter-penetration effect.
[Footnote] 1 Situated in Waitakere Survey District, Nelson Land District.

fragments were found that exhibit a decidedly non-isometric habit and a refractive index of 2.2–2.25. A close study of the crystal fragments suggested that the mineral might be one of the multiple oxides of tantalum, niobium, and titanium, because the simple form is similar to illustrations of crystals of euxenite-polycrase, samarskite, and delorenzite1 (Palache, Berman, and Frondel, 1946, pp. 788, 797 and 808).
Although material was insufficient to allow specific gravity to be determined precisely, the fragments were found to sink with difficulty, as did pyrite, in a melt yielded by equal molecular proportions of thallous formate and malonate that had been maintained at 75° C. Since such a liquid has a density of approximately five, the probability that the mineral under consideration is samarskite may be dismissed, and instead, the Nile River mineral would appear to a member of the euxenite-polycrase series.
For particles in which some traces of original form are preserved a simple orthorhombic symmetry is evident (Fig. 3). They are prismatic parallel to [001], and, if given an orientation analagous to that adopted for euxenite-polycrase, they are flattened parallel to b {010}. Although a moderate amount of abrasion is evident, {h01} and {hk0} forms are recognized; the front pinacoids are rounded and strongly striated parallel to [001]. It is not clear if the rounding in this case is alone due to the effects of abrasion, or whether the latter circumstance has camouflaged the development of a number of very narrow {hk0} forms; only one {hk0} form was recognized with any certainty—viz., m {110}. Measurement of the angles (100) ∧ (010), (100) ∧ (101), and (100) ∧ (100) gave values of 90°, 47°, and 20° 30′ respectively, and, due to striations and the degree of abrasion present on all crystal fragments, these values are probably subject to an error of about ± 15′, These angles lead to an interaxial ratio a:b:c = 0.369:1:0.348.
One partial crystal exhibits a second but much smaller crystal attached thereto, with a-axes coincident, but with the c-axes at an angle of about 7–8° to one another (Fig. 3B), whereas a second partial crystal displays a small satellite in parallel position with its host (Fig. 3A).
A fragment was set up for single crystal x-ray work, but no diffraction pattern was obtained. Upon heating at different temperatures, however, the products so formed were found to yield good powder patterns that are comparable to those observed for undoubted euxenite-polycrase. A variety of conditions and temperatures was chosen in order (1) to facilitate comparison with data recorded elsewhere, (2) to determine if any diverse effects result from heating samples in air, rather than in vacuo, (3) to observe whether the heat-treatment of powdered samples resulted in changes not observed when unpowdered material was employed, and (4) to determine if the duration of heat-treatment was critical.
With regard to the conditions noted under (2) above, it was found that no differences were to be observed in films yielded by materials heated at a fixed temperature in air or in vacuo. Furthermore, no distinctions were to be observed in the x-ray films if particles, rather than finely crushed powders, were subjected to heat-treatment. Finally, the films yielded by specimens, powdered or particles, that had been heated at 1000° C. in air for periods ranging from 10 to 60 minutes, are identical, whereas if temperatures are held for three hours at 1130–1140° C. the writer has observed only very slight improvement in line resolution (vide Sokolova, 1959, p. 417). Accordingly, only a short period of heating appears to be required in order that the phase or phases stable at a particular temperature may develop, but it must be remembered that long periods of heat-treatment, up to 100 hours, appear to cause a distinct lowering of specific gravity (vide Arnott, 1950, p. 398).
[Footnote] 1 Studies by Butler and Embrey (1959) have shown delorenzite from the type locality of Craveggia, Piedmont, Italy, to be identical to tanteuxenite.

[The section below cannot be correctly rendered as it contains complex formatting. See the image of the page for a more accurate rendering.]
| A | B | C | D | E | F | |||||||||||
| d. meas. | I | d. meas. | I | d. meas. | I | d. meas. | I | d. meas. | I | d. calc. | hkl | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 4.56 | < 1D | 4.74 | 20 | — | — | 7.21 | 1 | 7.07 | 1 | 7.31 | 020 | |||||
| 3.64 | < 1D | 3.64 | 5D | — | — | 6.33a | 1 | 6.18—5.78a | < 1 | — | — | |||||
| 3.44 | 25 | 3.45 | 35 | — | — | |||||||||||
| 3.345 | 20 | 3.345 | 25 | — | — | 5.17 | < 1D | 5.16 | < 1D | 5.16 | 110 | |||||
| 2.97 | 100 | 2.975 | 100BD | 2.92 | 10 | 3.645 | 40 | 3.62 | 40 | 3.66 | 3.65 | 130 | 040 111 | |||
| 2.94 | 1 | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||
| 2.785 | 40D | 2.786 | 30 | — | — | 3.35 | 10 | 3.325 | 10 | 3.37 | 121 | |||||
| 2.679 | < 1D | — | — | — | — | 2.97 | 100 | 2.96 | 100 | 2.98 | 131, 041 | |||||
| 2.590 | 5 | 2.590 | 1 | — | — | — | — | 2.92 | 5 | — | — | |||||
| 2.530 | 5 | 2.533 | 5D | 2.53 | 4 | 2.768 | 30 | 2.75 | 30 | 2.765 | 200 | |||||
| 2.472 | 5 | 2.473a | 10 | — | — | 2.618 | < 1 | — | — | 2.626 | 141 | |||||
| 2.440 | 1 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 2.595 | 1D | — | — | |||||
| 2.295 | < 1 | 2.290 | 5D | — | — | 2.589 | 50 | 2.573 | 35 | 2.584 | 2.580 | 220, 150 | 002 | |||
| 2.181 | < 1D | 2.1895 | 2D | — | — | 2.545 | 5 | 2.545 | 5D | 2.541 | 012 | |||||
| 2.101 | < 1D | 2.116 | 1D | — | — | 2.484 | < 1 | — | — | — | — | |||||
| 2.055 | 20 | 2.039 | 15 | — | — | 2.439 | 20 | 2.431 | 15 | 2.438 | 2.437 | 060 | 201 | |||
| — | — | 2.000 | 1D | — | — | 2.413 | 20 | 2.4055 | 20 | 2.432 | 022 | |||||
| 1.986 | < 1D | 1.972 | 1? | — | — | — | — | 2.333 | 1D | 2.339 | 102 | |||||
| 1.923 | 20 | 1.9245 | 5D | — | — | — | — | — | — | 2.313 | 221, 151 | |||||
| 1.893 | 15 | 1.898 | 1D | — | — | |||||||||||
| 1.878 | 15 | 1.876 | 8D | — | — | 2.297 | 15 | 2.293 | 15 | 2.309 | 112 | |||||
| 1.821 | 10 | 1.823 | 5D | — | — | — | — | — | — | 2.281 | 032 | |||||
| 1.769 | 5 | 1.7705 | 1D | 1.79 | 7B | — | — | — | — | 2.226 | 122 | |||||
| 1.723 | 5BD | 1.718 | 10BD | — | — | 2.201 | 10 | 2.192 | 15 | 2.206 | 240 | |||||
| 1.637 | 5BD | 1.636 | 25VBD | — | — | 2.182 | 10 | 2.166 | 15 | 2.180 | 231 | |||||
| 1.573 | 5BD | 1.582b | 8 | 1.53 | 7B | 2.109 | 40 | 2.099 | 30 | 2.109 | 132, 042 | |||||
| 1.486 | 5BD | 1.492 | 10VBD | 1.46 | 1VB | |||||||||||
| 1.383 | 5BD | 1.385 | 2VBD | — | — | — | — | — | — | 2.047 | 161 | |||||
| 1.270 | 1BD | 1.34d | 1VBD | 1.269 | 1VB | — | — | — | — | 2.029 | 241 | |||||
| 1.160 | 1BD | 1.32 | 1VBD | — | — | 1.966 | 2 | 1.961 | 5 | 1.971 | 1.955 | 142 | 170 | |||
| a | 1.27 | 2VBD | — | — | 1.930 | 3 | 1.930 | 5 | 1.938 | 052 | ||||||
| 1.23 | 1VBD | — | — | 1.892 | 45 | 1.888 | 45 | 1.887 | 202 | |||||||
| 1.17 | 1VBD | 1.164 | 2VB | 1.859 | < 1 | — | — | — | — | |||||||
| 1.095 | 1VBD | 1.135 | 2VB | 1.834 | 20 | |||||||||||
| 1.05 | 1VBD | — | — | 1.817b | 50 | 1.829 | 1.828 | 1.827 | 310, 260, 080 171 | |||||||
| 1.03 | 1VBD | 1.034 | 2VB | |||||||||||||
| c | 1.814 | 50 | 152, 222 | |||||||||||||
| 1.766 | 50 | 1.765 | 50 | 1.772 | 062 |

[The section below cannot be correctly rendered as it contains complex formatting. See the image of the page for a more accurate rendering.]
| D | E | D | E | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| d. meas. | I | d. meas. | I | d. meas. | I | d. meas. | I |
| 1.728 | 30 | 1.7245 | 40 | 1.2415 | < 1D | 1.242 | < 1D |
| 1.719 | 30 | 1.7125 | 40 | 1.222 | 30D | 1.221d | 25D |
| 1.692 | < 1 | — | — | 1.207 | 25D | 1.203d | 20D |
| 1.677 | 5 | 1.674 | 5 | 1.184 | 20D | 1.185 | 25D |
| 1.639b | 60 | 1.634 | 50 | 1.172 | 20D | 1.172 | 30D |
| 1.620 | < 1 | 1.6175 | 2 | 1.161 | 40D | 1.1615° | 40D |
| 1.608 | 2 | 1.6045 | 5 | 1.152 | 20D | 1.152° | 20D |
| 1.582 | 1D | 1.580 | 2D | — | — | 1.1425 | 1D |
| 1.563 | 50 | 1.558 | 30 | 1.118 | 2D | 1.117 | 2D |
| — | — | 1.541° | 25 | 1.1085 | < 1D | 1.108 | < 1D |
| 1.503 | 1 | 1.501 | 1 | 1.100 | 1D | 1.098 | 1BD |
| 1.492 | 2 | 1.4895 | 2 | 1.084 | 2D | 1.083 | 2BD |
| 1.481 | 60 | 1.481 | 60 | 1.079 | 5D | 1.079 | 5BD |
| 1.460 | 10 | 1.458 | 10 | 1.0555 | 2BD | 1.057′ | 1BD |
| 1.434 | 30 | 1.4345 | 30 | — | — | 1.046′ | 2BD |
| 1.3905 | < 1D | 1.391 | < 1D | 1.030 | 1D | 1.030 | 1D |
| 1.362 | < 1D | 1.364 | < 1D | 1.018 | 40BD | 1.017 | 40B |
| 1.333 | 5BD | 1.335 | 5BD | .998 | 1BD | .997 | 1BD |
| 1.309 | 1D | 1.308 | 1D | .988 | 2D | .986 | 10BD |
| 1.291 | 2D | 1.2905 | 2D | .980 | 1D | — | — |
| 1.2755 | 2D | 1.276 | 2D | .9625 | 25BD | .962 | 20BD |
| 1.257 | < 1D | 1.257 | < 1D | .939 | 20BD | .939 | 20BD |
| .916 | 25BD | .916 | 25BD |

Explanation to Table III
- A.
Euxenite-polycrase, Nile River, south-western Nelson, New Zealand. The specimen was heated, as fragments (average diameter = 0.5 mm ca.), in vacuo for one hour at 620° C. X-ray film No. 1034.
- a.
Several additional lines are to be observed at higher angles than the last line recorded here, but they are so faint and diffuse that no measurements were made.
- a.
- B.
Euxenite-polycrase, Nile River, south-western Nelson, New Zealand. The specimen was was heated as fragments in air for three hours at 700° C. X-ray film No. 1045.
-
a.
Strongly asymmetric line.
-
b.
In comparison to the lines at higher and lower angles, this line is very precisely defined.
-
c.
A. few additional lines are to be observed at higher angles than the last line recorded here, but they are extremely faint and very diffuse.
-
d.
The lines from 1.34–1.03 Å are measured only approximately owing to the diffuseness of the reflections.
-
a.
- C.
Euxenite, south Norway. The specimen was heated in air to 700° C. for three hours (Lima-de-Faria, 1958, p. 938, Table I).
- D.
Euxenite-polycrase, Nile River, south-western Nelson, New Zealand. The same specimen that yielded the pattern listed in column A of this table was heated as a fragment (0.1 mm in diameter ca.) in vacuo for 1¾ hours at 1130–1140° C. X-ray film No. 1036.
-
a.
This is a broad band with a wide shoulder on the higher 2° side.
-
b.
A slight shoulder on the high 2° side.
-
a.
- E.
Euxenite, Iveland, Setesdalen, Norway. The specimen was heated as fragments in air for 2¼ hours at 1130–1140° C. X-ray film No. 215.
-
a.
This is a broad band of uniform density.
-
b.
The 1.817 Å reflection consists of a sharp line superimposed upon a diffuse band that ranges from 1.802–1.825 Å. This situation is distinct from the more precisely defined lines at 1.814 and 1.834 Å in column D of this table.
-
c.
The absence of a corresponding strong line in the pattern presented in column D of this table appears to be one of the outstanding differences between the patterns in columns D and E.
-
d.
These two lines represent the two relatively sharp edges of a diffuse band; the latter is not evident in the pattern in column D, but instead two precise lines are present.
-
e.
These lines represent the two relatively well-defined edges of a diffuse band. Resolution into two distinct lines has occurred in the pattern in column D of this table.
-
f.
A broad diffuse band.
-
a.
- F.
The d-spacings listed here are the calculated values for euxenite-polycrase in column D in this table.
The letters in the intensity columns, B, VB, BD, VBD and D, indicate broad, very broad, broad and diffuse, very broad and diffuse, and diffuse lines respectively.
| Axial Ratios | ao | bo | co | Reference | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0.3789:1:0.3527a | — | — | — | Palache, Berman and Frondel, 1946, p. 787. | ||
| 0.3789:1:0.3546b | 5.520 | 17.57 | 5.166 Å | Arnott, 1950, p. 397 | ||
| 0.388 :1:0.352b | 5.72 | 14.70 | 5.18 Åc | Nefedov, 1956, p. 85 | ||
| — | — | — | 5.57 | 14.65 | 5.18 Åd | Sokolova, 1959, p. 417 |
| 0.378:1:0.353e | 5.53 | 14.63 | 5.16 Å | Hutton, this paper |
-
a.
Morphological axial ratio after W. C. Broegger.
-
b.
Ratio derived from x-ray data.
-
c.
Nefedov has ao = 5.18, bo = 14.70, co = 5.72Å, and this order does not correspond with the axial ratio derived therefrom by him; the present author has transposed Nefedo's values for ao and co.
-
d.
Determined by single crystal work.
-
e.
Ratio derived from x-ray data and to be compared with morphological ratio already given—viz. a:b:c = 0.369:1:0.348.
The x-ray powder patterns obtained with Nile River material, after having been heated to 620°, 700°, and 1130–1140° C., are set out in Table III, columns A, B, and D, and the d-spacings of the two latter specimens are compared to those recorded by Lima-de-Faria (1958, pp. 938–939) for euxenite that had been heated

to 700° C. (Table III, column C), and to data obtained by the present writer for Setesdalen, Norway, euxenite1 that was subjected to a temperature of 1130–1140° C. in air (Table III, column E). The d-spacings yielded by the Nile River sample and the Norwegian material, both of which have been heated to 1130–1140° C., are quite comparable, and any slight differences that do exist possibly result merely from compositional variation between the two specimens.2 Furthermore, the similarities between the powder patterns yielded by Nile River euxenite-polycrase that had been heated to 700° and 1130–1140° C. are quite striking. Lima-de-Faria's x-ray pattern obtained from euxenite that had been heated to 700° C. is listed in Table III, column C, for the sake of comparison, and there is little obvious similarity between the latter and Nile River euxenite that had been heated to the same temperature. The only line in Lima-de-Faria's pattern that corresponds reasonably well is the most intense line at 2.92Å, but as for the other lines, if the d-spacings should correspond approximately, the intensities are out of all proportion to those listed in column B; note, for instance, the line at 1.79 Å (Table III, column C) with an intensity of 7, or 70 when compared with the same scale employed in column B, and the line at 1.77 Å in the latter column.
Accordingly, Lima-de-Faria's pattern of euxenite (Table III, column C) is much more comparable to that yielded by Pilbara, Western Australia, tanteuxenite, for instance, where a face-centred cubic pattern (uraninite or pyrochlore-microlite type) is obtained after the material has been heated to about 700° C. After a study of films yielded by a large number of specimens of euxenite that had been heated to about 700° C., the uraninite or pyrochlore-microlite type of pattern appears to be only occasionally developed. Instead, a pattern similar to that set out in Table III, column B, is the type more often obtained.
According to the studies of Komkov (vide Nefedov, 1956, p. 85) “the x-ray pattern of anisotropic euxenite is identical with that of the regenerated or heat-treated euxenite”. This statement is presumed to indicate that the powder patterns of anisotropic euxenite and of the heat-treated metamict mineral are identical. Nefedov (1956) found that similar circumstances obtained for an anisotropic euxenite from the Central Ural Mountains. Accordingly, determination of the dimensions of the unit cell of euxenite from the powder pattern of a heat-treated but originally completely metamict mineral would appear to have some value. The cell dimensions of the Nile River euxenite-polycrase have been calculated from the powder pattern after partial indexing of the more critical reflections (Table III, column F), and are as follows: ao = 5.53, bo = 14.63, co = 5.16 Å, which leads to an approximate x-ray axial ratio a: b: c: = 0.378:1:0.353.
These data may be compared with the unit cell dimensions of euxenite that are recorded by other writers, in Table IV.
Acknowledgments
The writer wishes to acknowledge the opportunities provided for this research by the award to him of a John Simon Guggenheim Foundation Fellowship during 1953–1954, and he is also indebted to the Shell Fund for Fundamental Research
[Footnote] 1 Differential thermal analysis of the Norwegian material shows two endothermic dips, a broad one at 200–300° C., and a sharp one at 515° C. These are followed by four exothermic peaks; a minor one at 700° C., an exceedingly strong one at 750° C., and two minor peaks at 870° and 1035° C.
[Footnote] 2 The powder pattern yielded by euxenite that was heated to 900–1200° C. and recorded by Sokolova (1959, Table IV, p. 416) is very similar to that found for Nile River material, and leads to unit cell dimensions close to those found for the New Zealand mineral (Table IV).

for a grant to purchase accessory equipment to facilitate experiments in heat-treatment of minerals.
Any acknowledgment would be incomplete without grateful reference to the assistance offered by Dr. Frederick G. Tickell.
Bibliography
Arnott, Ronald J., 1950. X-ray diffraction data on some radioactive oxide minerals, Amer. Mineral., 35, 386–400.
Berman, J., 1955. Identification of metamict minerals by x-ray diffraction, Amer. Mineral., 40, 805–827.
Butler, J. R., and Embrey, P. G., 1959. Abstract in Mineral. Soc. Notice No. 104 of January 19, 1959.
Hutton, C. Osborne, 1950. Studies of heavy detrital minerals, Geol. Soc. Am. Bull., 61, 7, 635–716.
Hurley, P. M. and Fairbairn, H. W., 1953. Radiation damage in zircon: A possible age method. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull., 64, 6, 659–673.
Lima-De-Faria, J., 1956. The standard thermal treatment in the identification of metamict minerals by x-ray powder patterns, Museo e Laboratório Mineralógico e Geol., Fac. Ciências, Univ. de Lisbon, Bull. 24, 7, 125–131 (a different pagination has been employed in reprints of this paper).
Lima-De-Faria, J.,1958. Heat-treatment of metamict euxenites, polymignites, yttrotantalites, samarskites, pyrochlores, and allanite, Mineral Mag., 31, 242, 937–942.
Nefedov, E. I., 1956. New data on fergusonite and euxenite, Information Sbornik, Gosgeoltekhizg, 3, 82–83.
Pabst, A., 1952. The metamict state, Amer. Mineral., 37, 137–157.
Palache, C., Berman, H., and Frondel, C., 1946. The System of Mineralogy, Vol. 1, 7th ed., John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York .
Sokolova, E. P., 1959. Some new data on euxenite investigation, Vsesiu znoe mineralogicheskol obshchestno. Zapiski, 4, 408–418.
Von Stackelberg, M., and Chuboda, K., 1937. Dichte und Struktur des Zirkons II, Zeits, Krist., 97, 252–262.
Von Stackelberg, M., and Rottenbach, E., 1940. Dichte und Struktur des Zirkons IV. Die Ursache der Isotropisierung des Zirkons, Zeits. Krist., 102, 207–208.
Swanson, H. E., Fuyat, R. K., and Ugrinic, G. M., 1955. Standard x-ray diffraction powder patterns, U. S. Nat. Bur. Stds., Circ. 539, IV, esp. 68–71.
Professor C. Osborne Hutton, School of Mineral Sciences, Stanford University, Stanford, California.

The New Zealand Tertiary Genus Sectipecten Marwick (Mollusca)
[Read by title before the Wellington Branch, April 13, 1960; received by Editor, April 28, 1960.]
Abstract
The history and evolution of Sectipecten in New Zealand is outlined. S. grangei n.sp. is described; S. diffluxus (Hutton), S. wollastoni (Finlay), and S. allani Marwick are redescribed. The genus is known only in New Zealand, from the Waiauan (Middle Miocene) to Opoitian-Lower Waitotaran (Pliocene).
Introduction
The genus Sectipecten Marwick comprises a small group of Pectinid species that existed in New Zealand from the Middle Miocene to Pliocene. The group is considered to be a local and short-lived offshoot from the more widespread and persistent Mesopeplum stock, an Australian genus which is found in New Zealand from at least the Lower Oligocene to Recent.
Four species of Sectipecten have been named: S. diffluxus (Hutton), Waiauan; S. grangei n.sp., Upper Tongaporutuan; S. wollastoni (Finlay), Kapitean; and S. allani Marwick, Opoitian, Chatham Islands.
Origin and History of Sectipecten
The earliest record of the genus is in the Waiauan of North Canterbury, at Weka Pass and Cascade Creek, Pahau River. In the Weka. Pass district the Lillburnian and Clifdenian stages have not been recognised, and Waiauan beds with Sectipecten diffluxus overlie Altonian beds containing a comparable faunal assemblage but with no trace of S. diffluxus. In the Altonian occurs the small Mesopeplum costato-striatum Marshall, often with a strongly “stepped” shell, which is common at several other Altonian localities. In the Waiauan a large species of Mesopeplum is found, contemporaneous with Sectipecten diffluxus. The large Mesopeplum has been collected from several Waiauan localities and is seen to vary considerably, not only at different localities but also within a sample from a single locality. Individuals from shallow water deposits at Lower Waipara Gorge (GS 2226, 3209, 3725), conglomeratic near Dovedale (GS 3876), have heavy shells with coarse sculpture of broad, flat-topped ribs. Fragmentary specimens from the Hinnites Shellbed (GS 3844, 7261) and Glenmark Limestone (GS 3844, 7261, 7262, ?6374) have lighter shells with narrower, sharp-crested ribs. The best preserved specimens are from siltstones at Dovedale (GS 3839) from a facies typical of middle depth on the continental shelf (Fleming, in Wilson, in press): in a sample of eight specimens there is a complete gradation from small shells (minimum, 35 mm in height) comparable to M. costato-striatum, which are stepped and radially plicate and have up to 44 narrow, crowded ribs, to large shells (maximum, 68 mm in height) which are radially plicate but not stepped and have about 30 spaced, high, sharp-crested ribs. The larger shells are distinctly similar to the large Pliocene Mesopeplum crawfordi (Hutton) and have been referred to M. aff. crawfordi in unpublished lists. They are also comparable in many features to

Sectipecten diffluxus: both forms display numerous regular primary ribs, and a disc that is folded into five or six broad radial plications. Shape and sculpture of the ears are similar. Both show the characteristic inflation of Mesopeplum, with valves slightly inflated, right sometimes more so than left, in contrast, for example, to Chlamys and its offshoots, in which the left valve tends to be more inflated than the right. However, Sectipecten diffluxus reaches a greater maximum size, and has slightly discrepant sculpture on opposite valves, right valve ribs being low and square-cut in profile, and left valves low and rounded, whereas in Mesopeplum aff. crawfordi, the ribs are high and sharp-crested, and concordant on opposite valves. Stepped growth has not been observed in Sectipecten shells. It is suggested that in post-Altonian times, probably immediately before the Waiauan, Mesopeplum stock gave rise to two distinct and divergent lineages, one of which underwent little more than a phylogenetic increase in size to culminate in the large Pliocene Mesopeplum crawfordi, while the other initially increased in size, then showed a strong trend towards amalgamation of the many narrow subequal riblets into fewer broad, strong, inflated, compound ribs, finally culminating in the highly distinctive Upper Miocene Sectipecten wollastoni and Lower Pliocene S. allani. At the same time, the main Mesopeplum stock persisted unchanged, and is still found in Recent New Zealand waters, represented by Mesopeplum convexum (Quoy & Gaimard).
Fossil and Recent Mesopeplum of the convexum type of shell seldom exceed about 55 mm in height, whereas M. crawfordi in the Pliocene at Hawera commonly grows up to about 95 mm and a specimen from the Lower Waipara (GS 7177) measures 125 mm in height; Sectipecten wollastoni commonly grows up to about 103 mm, and the largest shell collected (from Taranaki, GS 7203) measures 115 mm in height. Adults of Mesopeplum convexum, like their Tertiary forbears, have unequal ears, a ctenolium, and narrow but definite byssal notch, indicating a period of attachment at some stage during life, probably only during youth, as they are not found attached to their rocky substrate (Dell, 1954, p. 126). In contrast, adults of M. crawfordi and Sectipecten wollastoni have equal ears, no ctenolium, and completely filled-in byssal notch, indicating a much reduced period of attachment. Also it is worth recording that the distinctive “stepped” growth of Mesopeplum has never been observed in Sectipecten or large M. crawfordi, although the significance of this is not clear.
Sectipecten has not been collected from Lower Tongaporutuan rocks, but reappears as S. grangei in the Upper Tongaporutuan, in north and central Taranaki, and at Mount Bruce, Tararua, and Callaghan's Creek, Westland. Some of these specimens, particularly those from lower stratigraphic horizons, are not very different from the Waiauan S. diffluxus, and it is surprising that they are separated by the whole of Lower Tongaporutuan time.
Sectipecten grangei is succeeded by a third, very distinctive species of Sectipecten, namely S. wollastoni (Finlay). The incoming of S. wollastoni marks the advent of the Kapitean Stage by definition (Finlay & Marwick, 1947, p. 235). It should be noted that in Taranaki the incoming of the Foraminifera Bulimina aculeata d'Orbigny, characteristic chiefly of the Kapitean (Hornibrook, 1958, p. 31), precedes the incoming of Sectipecten wollastoni (see Table I).
In Taranaki, S. wollastoni is first known, from a collection made by Miss Dawn Rodley (now constituting GS 7617, N119/523), at the horizon of a shellbed (? Cave Shellbed) lying stratigraphically below the Upper and Lower Twin Shellbeds, and over a thousand feet above the Toe Toe Conglomerate containing the last known Sectipecten grangei. Several shellbeds outcrop between the Toe Toe Conglomerate and Cave Shellbed, but no Sectipecten has yet been found in them; so the exact relationship between the two species is uncertain. However, the sudden appearance of the highly specialised and remarkably invariable S. wollastoni, with no trace of transitional forms between even the latest. S. grangei and earliest

S. wollastoni, would suggest that S. wollastoni diverged from the grangei branch of Sectipecten in pre-Kapitean times, completed its evolution outside the New Zealand area or at least outside the area of which Upper Miocene records are now preserved, and invaded in Kapitean times, displacing S. grangei.
[The section below cannot be correctly rendered as it contains complex formatting. See the image of the page for a more accurate rendering.]
| Shellbeds | Sheet Fossil No. | GS Locality | Foram. Coll No. | Index Fossils |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Umukiwi Shellbed | N119/489 | 1226 | — | Phialopecten aff. triphooki |
| N119/513 | 7324 | — | ||
| Wawiri Shellbed | N120/541 | 7310 | 11705 | Phialopecten aff. triphooki |
| Rogers Conglom. | — | — | — | —– |
| Mangaotuku Shellbed | N119/509 | 7309 | — | Sectipecten wollastoni |
| Brachiopod Bed | N119/488 | 1222 | 11466 | Bulimina aculeata |
| N119/512 | 7325 | — | Sectipecten wollastoni | |
| Upp. Twin Shellbed | N119/503 | 7203 | — | Sectipecten wollastoni |
| Low. Twin Shellbed | — | — | — | —– |
| Makara Shellbed | — | — | — | —– |
| Railroad Shellbed | — | — | — | —– |
| Cave Shellbed | N119/523 | 7617 | — | Sectipecten wollastoni |
| Grey Shellbed | ||||
| Totara Bench | ||||
| Huiroa Grit | ||||
| Huiroa Conglom. | ||||
| Parker Conglom. | ||||
| Lawrence Shellbed | ||||
| Zigzig Conglom. | ||||
| Basal Sandstone | ||||
| Toe Toe Conglom. | N109/498 | 1217,7314 | 11468 | Sectipecten grangei Bulimina aculeate |
| Upp. Otaraoa Congl. | — | — | — | —– |
| Low. Otaraoa Congl. | — | — | — | —– |
| Autawa Limestone | N110/4 | 1224, 7320 | — | Sectipecten grangei |
| N110/20 | — | 11706 | Bulimina aculeate | |
| Upp. Tarata Congl. | — | — | — | —– |
| Low. Tarata Congl. | N109/487 | 1216,7311 | — | Callusaria obesa |
Sectipecten grangei and S. wollastoni are also found in succession at Callaghan's Creek, Westland, where a greensand of Upper Tongaporutuan age containing S. grangei (GS 4984, 5024) is overlain by fine blue sandstone of Kapitean age containing S. wollastoni near the base (GS 3512, 5223, 153A). According to a report by H. W. Wellman and H. J. Evans (December, 1945) in the Geological Survey, the upper boundary of the greensand is sharp, but whether this represents any disconformity is uncertain. In the neighbouring Kapitea Creek there is a strong disconformity at the base of the Kapitean, but here the whole of the Tongaporutuan Stage is missing, so that the two sections are not closely comparable.
Sectipecten wollastoni is widespread in Kapitean rocks from East Cape to Southland, and is confined to the Kapitean Stage. The species is a remarkably constant and distinctive one: of more than 70 specimens seen, many of which are well-preserved complete individuals, only one specimen is significantly different. This appears to be a primitive S. wollastoni and was collected from the base of

the Kapitean sequence in Kapitea Creek, from a rusty sandstone with thin greensand bands (GS 2888). The basal sandstone is followed by fine blue sandy siltstones containing typical S. wollastoni (GS 2630, 2631). Among the great majority of S. wollastoni individuals some slight variation can be seen in the detailed pattern of ribbing, also in the number of major ribs, but variation is consistent among individuals from any one area or province, and the range of variation differs in separate provinces, perhaps indicating an incipient geographic subspeciation.
Sectipecten wollastoni was replaced in the Opoitian by an incoming species of Chlamys (Phialopecten), which apparently occupied a similar ecological niche. Thus in central Taranaki, the Mangaotuku Shellbed contains abundant S. wollastoni, but the Wawiri Shellbed, approximately 125 feet stratigraphically above, contains Phialopecten n.sp. aff. triphooki (Zittel) and the two species have so far not been found to overlap (see Table I).
A representative of Sectipecten wollastoni is found at the Chatham Islands, in beds of Opoitian age at Momoe-a-toa. This species, described under the name of Sectipecten allani Marwick, appears to be a development from S. wollastoni, but it retains a greater variability than the mainland species and includes a few shells with less advanced rib pattern comparable to that of the early Kapitean Sectipecten cf. wollastoni at Kapitea Creek (GS 2888). Sectipecten allani, like its mainland counterpart, was short-lived, for it is absent from the (?) Waitotaran tuffs at Pitt Island and the Nukumaruan Shellbed at Titirangi (Marwick, 1928).
On the mainland, a single right valve of Sectipecten, comparable to S. allani, has been collected from Opoitian beds at Kaawa Creek, south-west Auckland. At three other localities of approximately the same age (Opoitian–Lower Waitotaran), namely Black Reef, Cape Kidnappers (GS 5308), Greek's Creek, Westland (GS 2875), and Arahura River, Westland (GS. 2987), occur shells that are quite unlike S. wollastoni and S. allani in sculpture but are nearer S. grangei, except that they have equal anterior and posterior ears and completely filled-in byssal notch, in contrast to Upper Tongaporutuan examples of S. grangei. There is no evidence that the highly specialised and distinctive S. wollastoni regressed to a more simple “grangei” form; it seems more likely that the S. grangei lineage persisted outside the New Zealand area during Kapitean times and returned in the early Pliocene, when the wollastoni branch of Sectipecten (including S. allani) disappeared from all but outlying areas such as the Chatham Islands and the more northern parts of the North Island.
The Chlamys (Phialopecten), which replaced Sectipecten wollastoni over the greater part of New Zealand in the Opoitian, did not reach the Chatham Islands or Kaawa Creek, but did eventually reach the Auckland area at Otahuhu in the Waitotaran, together with other groups of southern origin such as Aulacomya (Fleming, 1959, p. 167) and coarse-sculptured Tawera (Fleming, 1944, p. 211), and perhaps Laternula.
Sectipecten is not known anywhere after Lower Waitotaran times.
Systematics
Note: All primary types and figured specimens are in the collection of the New Zealand Geological Survey, except for the figured specimen of S. cf. allani Marwick from Kaawa Creek, which is in the collection of Mr. E. S. Richardson, c/o. Oruaiti School, Mangonui, Northland.
Family Pectinidae
Genus Sectipecten Marwick.
1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 58: 454.
Type species (by original designation): Pecten wollastoni Finlay (= Pecten sectus Hutton). Upper Miocene, New Zealand .

Sectipecten diffluxus (F. W. Hutton, 1873), P1. 45, f. 1, 2, 3.
1873. Pecten diffluxa Hutton, Cat. Tert. Moll., p. 31.
1914. Pecten (Patinopecten) delicatulus Hutton; Suter, N.Z. geol. Surv. paleont. Bull. 2: 42, P1. 6, f. 4.
1928. Sectipecten diffluxus (Hutton); Marwick, Trans. N.Z. Inst. 58: 447, 454.
Holotype (TM 2753), an incomplete right valve. Figured topotype (TM. 2754), a complete individual with separate valves, from the “Bryozoan Bed”, Weka Pass (GS 6374).
Type Locality. “Weka Pass (Middle Beds)”, North Canterbury, possibly the horizon of the Hinnites Shellbed (fide Professor R. S. Allán). Age: Waiauan (Middle Miocene).
Distribution. Sectipecten diffluxus. is limited to the Waiauan of North Canterbury. Additional specimens have been collected from the Hinnites Shellbed, also from the overlying Bryozoan Bed and a somewhat higher horizon in the Glenmark Limestone Formation, Weka Pass (Wilson, in press). Only one specimen, a complete individual, has been collected outside the Weka Pass area: from Cascade Stream, Pahau River, North Canterbury, from beds of Waiauan age (Mason, 1949, p. 424).
[The section below cannot be correctly rendered as it contains complex formatting. See the image of the page for a more accurate rendering.]
| GS Locality No. | Sheet Fossil No. | Horizon | Locality |
|---|---|---|---|
| 7171 7263 | S68/36 | Hinnites Shellbed | Weka Pass Stream |
| 7261 | S68/287 | Hinnites Shellbed | Railway Cutting, Weka Pass |
| 6374 | S68/675 | Bryozoan Bed, Glenmark Limestone | Junction Weka Creek and Weka Pass Stream |
| 7172 | |||
| 3835 | S68/211 | Bryozoan Bed, Glenmark Limestone | Weka Creek |
| 7199 | S68/755 | Higher horizon, Glenmark Limestone | Valley of Weka Creek |
| 3789 | S54/48 | M 9 (Mason, 1949, p. 424) | Cascade Stream, Pahau River |
Redescription (based on the holotype right valve and 6 topotypes from Weka Pass, including one well-preserved complete individual, here figured). Shell moderate in size, equilateral, both valves inflated, right rather more than left. Ears large, unequal, with deep byssal notch particularly in early growth stages, becoming shallower later. Sculpture discrepant on opposite valves: ribs of right valve square-cut in profile, flat or slightly concave on top, slightly wider than their interspaces; those of the left valve high rounded and rather sharpcrested in early stages, becoming low rounded later, narrower than their interspaces. One or two right valve ribs tend to divide, either partially or completely, by the development of a central groove at varying stages in growth, a tendency not seen on the left valve. Initial number of ribs on both valves varies from 24 to 30 in 7 specimens (holotype 24). Fine close regular concentric lamellae cover the whole of disc on left valve, and interstices and sides of ribs on right valve, but are usually worn off the rib tops. Both valves folded into 5 shallow plications, more strongly marked proximally, dying out distally. Ears sculptured by 4 or 5 fine serrated riblets, often nearly obsolete on all but the right anterior ear.
Most specimens, including the holotype, have subequal, regularly-spaced ribs, but one topotype left valve has slightly unequal ribs that are somewhat grouped, with stronger ribs forming the crests of the radial plications and weaker ones between. This tendency for irregular rib development is more marked on the specimen from Cascade Stream (GS 3789), which is otherwise similar to Weka Pass shells. The Cascade Stream specimen has 24 ribs.

Dimensions. Lectotype: height, 76 mm; length, 83 mm (est.); inflation (one valve), 17 mm. The largest specimen collected (from GS 7199) measures 87 mm × 96 mm.
Sectipecten grangei n.sp., Pl. 46, f. 4, 5; Pl. 47, f. 8, 9, 10.
1927. Pecten n.sp. aff. sectus Hutton; Marwick in Morgan & Gibson, N.Z. geol. Surv Bull. 29: 41.
The species is named after Dr. L. I. Grange, Director of the Geological Survey, 1952–1956, who collected the holotype in 1925.
Holotype (TM 2755), a right valve. Figured paratype (TM 2756), a left valve. Figured specimens from Mount Bruce, Tararua (GS 3110), a right valve (TM 2757), a right valve (TM 2758), a left valve (TM. 2759).
[The section below cannot be correctly rendered as it contains complex formatting. See the image of the page for a more accurate rendering.]
| GS Locality No. | Sheet Fossil No. | Microfaunal No. | Horizon and Locality |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1224 | N110/4 | N.F. | Autawa Lst., Te Wera Quarry, Ngatimaru S.D. |
| 7320 | |||
| — | N110/20 | F11706 | Mudst. below Autawa Lst., Te Wera Quarry |
| 7322 | N109/502 | N.F. | Autawa Lst., Mangaopapa Stream, Ngatimaru S.D. |
| — | N109/501 | F11707 | Mudst. below Autawa. Lst., Mangaopapa Stream |
| 7338 | N120/566 | N.F. | Kirai Road, Ngatimaru S.D. |
| 1219 | N120/500 | N.F. | Makahu Road, Ngatimaru S.D. |
| 7336 | N120/564 | — | Mangaehu Road, Ngatimaru, S.D. |
| 7337 | N120/565 | — | Taihore Road, Quarry, Ngatimaru, S.D. |
| 1217 | N109/498 | F11468 | Toe Toe Conglom., Ratapiko Power Station, Huiroa S.D. |
| 7314 | |||
| 7340 | N109/504 | — | Douglas Road North, Huiroa S.D. |
| 1137 | N110/3 | F11469 | Pohokura Tunnel, Ngatimaru S.D. |
| 1139 | N99/500 | F11466 | Wrays Quarry, Uruti |
| 7316 | N120/559 | — | Cutting in Whangamomona Road |
| 7317 | N110/522 | — | Bed of Okara Stream, Mahoe S.D. |
| 7318 | N120/551 | — | Kohi Road, Mahoe S.D. |
| 7319 | N110/521 | — | Aotuhia Quarry, Mahoe S.D. |
| 3110 | N158/550 | N.F. | Mount Bruce, Tararua S.D. |
| — | N158/549 | F11569 | 50ft above GS 3110, Mount Bruce |
| 4984 | S51/593 | F11462 | Greensand, Callaghan's Creek, Waimea S.D. |
| 5024 | |||
| 647 | N120/498 | — | Conglomerate, Paranui Landing, Wanganui River |
| 5852 | N111/504 | N.F. | Erua-Rautiti Road, Manganui |

Type Locality. Public Works Department Quarry, Te Wera, Ngatimaru Survey District, central Taranaki (GS 1224, 7320). Age: Upper Tongaporutuan (Upper Miocene).
Distribution. Sectipecten grangei is found in the Upper Tongaporutuan at several localities in the North and South Islands, including central and north Taranaki, Mount Bruce, Tararua, and Callaghan's Creek, Westland.
Description (based on the holotype, paratype, and 20 topotypes from Te Wera Quarry, GS 1224 and 7320, all single valves). Shell small to moderate in size, equilateral, both valves slightly inflated. Anterior and posterior ears unequal, with deep byssal notch, sculptured by about 5 fine riblets, stronger on anterior than on posterior ears. On both valves, the whole disc except rib crests is crowded with fine sharp close concentric lamellae. Sculpture of right and left valves discrepant: right valve ribs flat or concave topped, slightly wider than their interspaces. Right valve ribs divided by the development of grooves on their crests and only a few intercalary riblets are produced; left valve ribs increase in number by intercalation and only 1 or 2 of the thickest primary ribs show any tendency to groove.
The new species is a difficult one to characterise concisely because it is so highly variable in rib number and arrangement. Twelve right valves have 8 to 11 major ribs (mode 10), more or less distinctly grooved from the apex. There is a range of variation from specimens such as the holotype (Pl. 46, f. 4), on which the major ribs are only superficially grooved and remain unmistakeably grouped to the ventral margin, to others on which grooving is deep from the start and the riblets soon separate, so that the initial grouping becomes virtually unrecognisable. On specimens of the latter variety each riblet could equally well be interpreted as a primary rib, but it is not strictly analogous to what has been counted as a primary rib on other specimens such as the type. Left valves have about 10 to 16 ribs at the apex, increasing to more or less double that number by intercalcation. On some specimens, for example, the paratype (Pl. 46, f. 5), ribs are very unequal, and thick ribs alternate irregularly with finer ones, the latter appearing as intercalaries at different growth stages. On other specimens the ribs are less uneven in width and nearly all could be counted as primaries, although the finer ones are mere threads near the apex. These ambiguities of interpretation on both valves preclude a consistent and accurate mode of rib counting.
Dimensions. Holotype: height, 60 mm; length, 62 mm; inflation, 11 mm. Largest topotype: height, 68 mm (est.). The largest specimen of S. grangei seen is from Callaghan's Creek (GS 4984), height, 98 mm. The topotype population consists of unusually small shells, possibly a phenotypic character, as other specimens of S. grangei arelarger and more comparable in size to preceding and following species of Sectipecten.
Diagnosis. Differs from S. wollastoni in having a far more variable, and less distinctive and regular sculpture. Right valve ribs of S. grangei are narrower than those of S. wollastoni, and more or less markedly grouped in two or threes. Ribs may be grooved once or twice but never show the multiple grooving of S. wollastoni. Left valve primary ribs of S. grangei are seldom grooved at all and never develop deep grooves at an early stage as on S. wollastoni. Differs also from S. wollastoni in having a higher average number of primary ribs (i.e., those initiated at the apex); S. grangei has 10 to about 24, S. wollastoni 7 to 10.
Differs from S. diffluxus in having a far more variable and less simple sculpture, and more markedly discrepant ribs on opposite valves: right valve ribs of S. diffluxus are hardly grouped or grooved, and left valve ribs of S. diffluxus are subequal in strength and little differentiated into primary and secondary intercalaries. Differs also from S. diffluxus in having a lower average number of primary ribs: S. grangei has 10 to about 24, S. diffluxus 24–30.
Discussion. The topotype population comprises a series of forms ranging from those with a few (about 10), broad, composite ribs divided by superficial grooves on the right valve and a corresponding number of strong primary ribs alternating

with finer intercalaries on the left valve, to those with up to about 24 riblets indistinctly grouped in two and threes on the right valve and a corresponding number of not greatly unequal riblets on the left valve. The former type of shell (having few, composite ribs) may be interpreted as advanced forms because morphologically they are similar to the following species of Sectipecten—namely, S. wollastoni, although nowhere is there a complete series of transitional forms between even the most advanced S. grangei and earliest S. wollastoni. A few S. grangei have been collected from the Toe Toe Conglomerate at Ratapiko (GS 1217, 7314), stratigraphically above the Autawa Limestone at Te Wera, but these shells are less like S. wollastoni than are the more advanced Te Wera shells.
The less advanced forms of S. grangei at Te Wera (having several, more simple ribs) are similar to an earlier population of S. grangei at Pohokura Tunnel (GS 1137), from an unnamed horizon stratigraphically below the Autawa Limestone. Six specimens at Pohokura display 20–22 ribs, average 21, which on the right valve tend to be loosely grouped in pairs or threes, and on the left valve are subequal in strength. The more advanced type of sculpture found among Te Wera shells is completely unrepresented. In rib number and arrangement, and in stratigraphic position, the Pohokura shells are intermediate between the Waiauan S. diffluxus and the uppermost Tongaporutuan S. grangei, and there may well be place here for a further systematic division. However, at present there is an insufficient number of exactly stratigraphically located specimens on which to base such a division: shells outside the immediate central Taranaki area cannot be placed in sequence within the Upper Tongaporutuan, and Sectipecten was so highly variable and rapidly evolving during this period that specimens need to be located in finer than Stage or Substage divisions if the detailed evolutionary sequence is to be described.
Three specimens from Mount Bruce, Tararua (GS 3110, mid to upper Tongaporutuan) are illustrated (Pl. 47, figs. 8–10) for comparison with the Te Wera shells, to show the variation within S. grangei. All are large shells, measuring 86 to 95 mm in height. The two right valves exhibit a polymorphism similar to that at Te Wera: one valve (Fig. 8) has several subequal primary ribs which are separate from the apex and only indistinctly grouped, whereas the other (Fig. 10) has fewer, composite ribs.
Sectipecten wollastoni H. J. Finlay, 1926), Pl. 48, f. 11, 12.
1873. Pecten secta Hutton, Cat. Tert. Moll., p. 30 (preoccupied).
1886. Pecten secta Hutton; Hector, Outline Geol. N.Z., p. 51, f. 9, No. 12.
1914. Pecten (Patinopecten) sectus Hutton; Suter, N.Z. geol. Surv. paleont. Bull. 2: 41, Pl. 9, f. 1.
1927. Pecten wollastoni Finlay, Trans. Inst. 57. 526. (nom. nov. for Pecten sectus Hutton, not of Goldfuss, 1836).
1928. Sectipecten wollastoni (Finlay); Marwick, Trans. N. Z. Inst. 58: 447, 454.
Lectotype (TM 2761), a well preserved complete individual with closed valves.
Type Locality. Callaghan's Creek, Waimea, Westland. Age: Kapitean (Upper Miocene).
Distribution. Sectipecten wollastoni is widespread in the Kapitean Stage, to which it is confined.
Redescription (based on about 70 complete and fragmentary specimens, the majority from Taranaki and Westland, a few from Marlborough, Hawkes Bay, and East Cape Peninsula). Shell large, subequilateral, both valves inflated, right sometimes slightly more than left. Ears large, subequal, byssal sinus completely obsolete in adult. Sculpture of right and left valves discrepant: primary ribs of right valve are broad, flat-topped folds, squarecut in profile, relatively wider than their interspaces; primary ribs of left valve are high-rounded and narrower than their interspaces. Right valve folds entire in early growth stages, later divided repeatedly by deep grooves, a maximum of 6 to 8 narrow sharp riblets being produced per major rib. The first groove, or pair of grooves, per rib appears at about 25

[The section below cannot be correctly rendered as it contains complex formatting. See the image of the page for a more accurate rendering.]
| GS Locality No. | Sheet Fossil No. | Microfaunal No. | Horizon and Locality |
|---|---|---|---|
| 153 | S51/12 | Callaghan's Creek, Waimea S.D. | |
| 3512 | S51/515 | 50ft above greensand, Callaghan's Creek | |
| 5223 | S51/622 | 30–50 ft above greensand, Callaghan's Creek | |
| 2630 | S51/72 | Kapitea Creek, Waimea S.D. | |
| 2631 | S51/70 | Kapitea Creek, above GS 2630 | |
| 2888 | S51/86 | Green sandstone resting on Southland | |
| Blue Bottom, Kapitea Creek | |||
| 3053 | S51/153 | Red Jack Creek, Waimea S.D. | |
| 3661 | S51/555 | Cockeye Creek, Hohonu S.D. | |
| 154 | S51/13 | Kanieri River, Westland. | |
| 2595 | S28/487 | Between Blairich and Black Birch Streams, Awatere R., Marlborough | |
| 2866 | S28/492 | Upton Brook, middle branch, Marborough | |
| 5506 | S28/504 | Upton Road, Marlborough | |
| 2944 | S175/487 | Bluecliff, Te Waewae Bay, Southland | |
| 7309 | N119/509 | Mangaotuku Track, Omona S.D. | |
| 7312 | N120/540 | Waitiri Track, Omona S.D. | |
| 1222 | N119/488 | F11466 | Brachiopod Bed, Stanley Road, Huiroa S.D. |
| 7323 | N119/512 | Brachiopod Bed, half mile east of Wawiri Road, Huiroa S.D. | |
| 3949 | N119/493 | N.Z.P.C. c. 190, Makino Valley, Huiroa S.D. | |
| 3950 | N119/494 | N.Z.P.C. 1527, Kaikoura Creek, Makino Stream, Huiroa S.D. | |
| 3951 | N119/495 | N.Z.P.C. 1–266, Kota Road, Huiroa S.D. | |
| 3952 | N119/496 | F11464 | N.Z.P.C. 1540, 11/4 miles S. 15° W. of Huiroa Bore. |
| 3958 | N109/499 | F11463 | N.Z.P.C. 500, Wills Quarry, Kupe, Huiroa S.D. |
| 1213 | N109/497 | N.F. | Salisbury Road, Huiroa S.D. |
| 7335 | N119/517 | Douglas Road, Ngatimaru S.D. | |
| 7203 | N119/503 | Stanley Road-Makino Stream crossing, Huiroa S.D. | |
| 7617 | N119/523 | Bed of Makino Stream, off north extension of Stanley Road, Huiroa S.D. | |
| 7315 | N120/542 | Puniwhakau Road cutting, Omana S.D. | |
| 7229 | N120/536 | Old. Quarry, Puniwhakau. Road, Omona S.D. | |
| 263 | N63/500 | Hicks Bay, East Cape . | |
| 2588 | N63/1 | Awatere River, Te Araroa, East Cape . | |
| 1061 | N81/500 | Coast north of wharf, Tokomaru Bay | |
| 2373 | N145/499 | F11467 | Waihopiro Gorge, Takapau S.W. |
| 2341 | N145/496 | Takapau S.W. |

mm to 40 mm from the apex, and further pairs of grooves appear at successive growth stages. Left valve primary ribs split by a deep median groove, which develops slightly earlier than grooves on right valve ribs; a pair of shallow grooves may develop on either side of the median groove at a later stage. On both valves the secondary ribs formed by division of the primaries remain grouped and raised above the interspaces. One to three riblets develop in each major interspace on right valve, and 2 to 5 riblets in the comparatively broader interspaces on left valve. On any one individual the sculpture of right and left valve is almost the exact antithesis, so that the broad folds with distinctive pattern of dividing grooves on right valve are matched by the wide interspaces with corresponding arrangement of intercalary riblets on left valve. Fine, sharp, crowded, concentric ridges cover the disc except for the broad rib crests of right valve where they have probably been worn off by friction with the substratum. Ears sculptured by about 5 fine riblets, strongest on anterior ear of right valve, practically obsolete on posterior ears.
Dimensions. Lectotype: height, 103 mm; length, 111 mm; inflation (two valves), 39 mm. The lectotype is the largest complete specimen collected. A shell from Taranaki (GS 7203) is estimated to have had a height of 115 mm.
Discussion. The number of primary ribs (i.e., those initiated at the umbo) is the same on both valves of a single individual, but there is a small variation among individuals from any one area and between groups from different provinces. Thus 20 specimens from Westland have an observed range of 7 to 10 ribs, mean 7.7, while 34 specimens from Taranaki have a range of 8 to 10 ribs, mean 9.2. Such slight differences are to be expected between separate populations within a species. Five specimens from East Cape, 3 from Takapau and 2 from Marlborough have means of 9.0, 9.7 and 9.5 respectively and are more like the Taranaki than the Westland population. A further difference between populations is observed in the time of onset of grooving on right valve folds: on Westland specimens the first groove appears at about 25 to 35 mm from the umbo, whereas on Taranaki specimens grooves appear at about 30 to 40 mm. On well preserved shells (for example the lectotype) it is often possible to see faint incipient grooving before a definite groove appears, matched on the opposite valve by fine intercalary riblets. Such partial suppression of grooves is seen to a greater extent on some specimens of the Chatham Island S. allani (for example, the holotype) where distinct grooves do not appear at any stage on the right valve but are represented on the left valve by quite strong intercalary riblets.
The species is distinctive and remarkably constant. There are slight variations in the number of major ribs and detailed pattern of grooving and secondary rib development, as mentioned above, but the species is nearly always unmistakable when it occurs. One specimen is notable, however, from Kapitea Creek, Westland (GS 2888). It is a fairly small shell (68 mm in height) with 7 primary ribs which begin to geminate by formation of a groove at about 20 mm from the apex on both valves. No further division occurs. Ribs of the right valve are only slightly wider than their interspaces. Compared to typical S. wollastoni, the sculpture is less elaborate, for at 68 mm from the apex on right valves of S. wollastoni the major ribs have produced anything up to 5 grooves per rib. On the Kapitea Creek shell the right valve ribs are narrower relative to their interspaces, and begin to groove at an earlier stage than on typical S. wollastoni. The specimen appears to be a primitive form of S. wollastoni, and it may be significant that it is found at the base of the Kapitean section in Kapitea Creek, whereas typical S. wollastani occur higher up the section (GS 2630, 2631).
Sectipecten allani J. Marwick, Pl. 49, f. 13, 14.
1928. Sectipecten allani Marwick, Trans. N.Z. Inst. 58: 459, f. 13, 21.
Holotype (TM 2762) a well-preserved complete individual with closed valves.
Type Locality. Momoe-a-Toa, main Chatham Island. Age: Opoitian (Pliocene). The age of the Momoe-a-Toa beds is determined by the presence of pelagic Foraminifera, primarily Globorotalia crassula Cushman and Stewart and

C. inflata (d'Orbigny) (Chatham Islands/2, F11210), indicating an age of Opoitian at the earliest (Mr. N. de B. Hornibrook, pers. comm.).
Distribution. Sectipecten allani is confined to the Opoitian Stage, and is found at the Chatham Islands.
Dimensions. Holotype: height, 97 mm; length, 103 mm; inflation, 23 mm; (largest specimen, a right valve): height, 100 mm; length, 103 mm; inflation, 16.5 mm (one valve).
Discussion. Sectipecten allani is represented in the Geological Survey collection by 12 well preserved specimens from Momoe-a-Toa, including single valves and double-valved individuals, which show a continuous range of variation in sculpture. Two right valves have 8 or 9 broad, strong, inflated, fold-like ribs, entire and smooth-surfaced from apex to ventral margin, and markedly wider than their interspaces. Interstitial riblets are almost obsolete and appear only at 65 to 70 mm from the apex. Corresponding left valves have the same number of primary ribs separated by very broad interspaces in which riblets are nearly obsolete. These forms are considered to have the most advanced and specialised type of sculpture. Four more right valves, including the holotype, have broad ribs that are lower and less convex and show faint grooving starting at about 30 mm from the apex. Another specimen has relatively narrower right valve ribs with more deeply incised grooves that start earlier. Finally, two right valves and a left valve have the least specialised sculpture. Primary ribs are low, particularly towards the ventral margin, and on the right valve are deeply split by a median groove initiated almost at the apex. On one specimen a faint groove appears later on one limb of the divided rib. On the other specimen no further grooves appear.
In discussing the possible derivation of S. allani the obvious comparison is with S. wollastoni from the Kapitean of the mainland. Both species have broad fold-like ribs on the right valve and corresponding wide interspaces and narrow ribs on the left valve. On S. wollastoni the folds are entire on the earlier part of the disc, but grooves begin at about 25 to 40 mm from the apex, whereas on the most advanced forms of S. allani the folds extend without division to the ventral margin of the shell. These forms of S. allani are closely comparable to a single right valve from the Opoitian at Kaawa Creek, which is probably a mainland development from the Kapitean S. wollastoni. Less advanced forms of S. allani (such as the holotype) are not very different from S. wollastoni, particularly when left valves are compared; right valves are superficially dissimilar because on S. wollastoni the major ribs are deeply grooved, whereas on S. allani the grooves are partially suppressed. The least advanced forms of S. allani have no counterpart in populations of S. wollastoni except perhaps for one small shell from Kapitea Creek (GS 2888) that is considered to be an early, primitive form of S. wollastoni (see above, p. 664).
Sectipecten cf. allani Marwick, Pl. 46, f. 6.
Material. A single incomplete right valve from Kaawa Creek (Opoitian Stage, Pliocene) collected by Mr. E. S. Richardson of Oruaiti School, Mangonui, Northland, who has kindly loaned the specimen to be examined and photographed.
Discussion. The shell, which measures 60 mm in height, has 10 broad, inflated, square-cut, fold-like ribs showing no signs of grooving on the surface; there are no interstitial riblets. The shell is indistinguishable from the more advanced forms of S. allani from the Chatham Islands, and differs from S. wollastoni in lacking grooves on the major ribs and lacking interstitial riblets, even at 60 mm from the apex: on the right valves of S. wollastoni grooves first appear on the major ribs at from 25 mm to 40 mm from the apex. The shell is listed as “Sectipecten cf. allani” until more specimens are found, and it can be seen whether the Kaawa Creek species is similar to the Chatham Island species in total range of variation.

Sectipecten cf. grangei Boreham, Pl 46, f. 7.
Material. Figured specimen (TM 2760), a complete right valve from Black Reef, Cape Kidnappers (GS 5308); one incomplete right valve and fragments from Greek's Creek, Kanieri S.D. (G.S. 2875); a fragment from Arahura River, Kanieri S.D. (GS. 2987). All three localities are Pliocene in age, either Opoitian or Lower Waitotaran.
Discussion. The complete right valve from Cape Kidnappers, measuring 84 mm in height, has about 17 ribs, mostly grouped in pairs or threes, which tend to divide by grooving at various stages in growth. The riblets thus formed remain grouped to the ventral margin. Ribs are high, flat-or concave-topped. Ears are equal, with byssal notch totally obsolete in all but earliest growth stages. The specimen from Greek's Creek has about 19 rudely grouped ribs, a few of which tend to groove. Ribs are high and narrow but still nearly flat-topped. The specimens are very different in sculpture from S. wollastoni or S. allani but are similar to several individuals of the highly variable S. grangei. The only significant difference observed between Upper Tongaporutuan specimens of S. grangei and those from the Pliocene is that the latter have completely equal ears and obsolete byssal notch, indicating a decreased period of attachment in the life of the individual.
Summary (Compare Fig. 1)
Sectipecten, as S. diffluxus, is first recognisable in the Waiauan of North Canterbury, having probably diverged from Mesopeplum stock in immediately pre-Waiauan times. S. diffluxus shows simple sculpture of 24 to 30 subequal, evenly-spaced ribs that are only slightly discrepant on opposite valves. Sectipecten is not known from Lower Tongaporutuan rocks, but reappeared as S. grangei in the Upper Tongaporutuan at several localities in the North and South Islands. Early S. grangei, as at Pohokura Tunnel and one of the three valves from Mount Bruce, Tararua, are not very different from S. diffluxus. They have fewer ribs, which on the right valve show a greater tendency to be grouped and grooved, and on the left valve to be unequal in strength and time of appearance. These tendencies were accentuated in later S. grangei, and forms are found at Te Wera Quarry (uppermost Tongaporutuan) which have as few as 10 compound ribs on the right valve and the same number of primary ribs on the left valve alternating with finer, secondary intercalaries. However, at one horizon shells with a great diversity of sculpture occur together in one fossil population.
Sectipecten grangei is succeeded in the Kapitean by Sectipecten wollastoni, a species which represents the culmination of Sectipecten evolution. Major ribs are reduced in number to as few as 7, and on the right valve are broad, inflated and elaborately grooved towards the ventral shell-margin. Sculpture on opposite valves is highly discrepant.
At the end of Kapitean times Sectipecten wollastoni disappeared from the greater part of New Zealand, but a close relation, S. allani, survived into the Opoitian at Kaawa Creek and the Chatham Islands . S. allani at the Chatham Islands is a development from S. wollastoni, evolved in insular isolation, in which the tendency towards amalgamation of ribs is carried to the extreme: on several specimens the right valve ribs show no signs of grooving at all, but are broad, strong, and inflated from apex to ventral margin. The species is characterised, however, by showing a far greater range of variation, including less advanced shell forms, than the mainland counterpart, S. wollastoni. Only a single right valve is known from Kaawa Creek, so that it is impossible to tell whether the North Auckland population had a range of variation comparable to that of the Chatham Islands . Meanwhile the Kaawa Creek shell, listed as S. cf. allani, is interpreted as being a separate, mainland development from S. wollastoni.

To the New Zealand area, apart from the more northern part of the North Island and the Chatham Islands, the grangei branch of Sectipecten returned in the Lower Pliocene, but in much depleted strength, having been recorded from very few specimens at only three localities, among all the numerous, often thoroughly collected fossiliferous localities of this age. At most Lower Pliocene localities of suitable facies the place of Sectipecten was apparently occupied by Chlamys (Phialopecten).
Sectipecten became extinct at the end of Lower Waitotaran times.
Acknowledgments
Thanks are due to Dr. C. A. Fleming for advice and critical reading of the manuscript; to Mr. H. C. Arnold, Shell, B.P., and Todd Oil Services Ltd., for his assistance in the field and in discussion of stratigraphic correlations; to Mr. E. S. Richardson, of Mangonui, Northland, for the loan of the unique specimen of Sectipecten from Kaawa Creek, to Mr. S. N. Beatus, for the fine photographs, and Mr. R. C. Brazier for the fine drawings, and to Mr. G. H. Scott, for several foraminiferal determinations. The table showing the sequence of shellbeds in central Taranaki was compiled mainly from unpublished reports of oil prospecting companies. Most of these reports are filed in the New Zealand Geological Survey.
References
Dell, R. K., 1954. Deep-water Rock Faunas in New Zealand. N. Z. Journ. Sci. Tech., B 36: 123–128.
—— 1956. The Archibenthal Mollusca of New Zealand. Dom. Mus. Bull. 18.
Finlay, H. J., Marwick, J., 1947. New Divisions of the New Zealand Upper Cretaceous and Tertiary. N. Z. Journ. Sci. Tech., B 28. 228–236.
Fleming, C. A., 1944. Molluscan Evidence of Pliocene Climatic Change in New Zealand. Trans. roy. Soc. N.Z., 74: 207–220.
—— 1953. The Geology of Wanganui Subdivision. N. Z. geol. Surv. Bull. 52.
—— 1959. Notes on New Zealand Recent and Tertiary Mussels (Mytilidae). Trans. roy. Soc. N.Z., 87: 165–178.
Hornibrook, N. De B., 1958. New Zealand Upper Cretaceous and Tertiary Foraminiferal Zones and some overseas correlations. Micropaleontology, 4: 25–38.
Marwick, J., 1928. The Tertiary Mollusca of the Chatham Islands, including a Generic Revision of the New Zealand Pectinidae. Trans. N. Z. Inst., 58: 432–506.
Mason, B. H., 1949. The Geology of the Mandamus–Pahau. District, North Canterbury Trans. roy. Soc. N.Z., 77: 403–428.
Powell, A. W. B., 1931. Waitotaran Faunules of the Wanganui System and Descriptions of New Species of Mollusca from the New Zealand Pliocene. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus, 1 (2): 85–112.
—— 1957. Shells of New Zealand, 3rd ed.
Wilson, D. D., in press. The Geology of Amberley Subdivision. N. Z. geol. Surv. Bull. 64..
Mrs. G. H. Scott, N. Z. Geological Survey, P. O. Box 368, Lower Hutt, New Zealand.

Studies on Australian and New Zealand Diatoms
IV.—Descriptions of Further Sedentary Species
[Received by the Editor, October 6, 1959.]
Abstract
Systematic descriptions of 192 species and varieties of epontic and benthic diatoms are given. This paper is, in effect, a continuation of Part II. Where a species has been described previously, only the variety is described here.
Introduction
Since the publication of Part I of this series, increased opportunities have occurred for the collection of material containing diatoms by the author and his colleagues. Samples from New Zealand have been collected by Professor V. J. Chapman, Dr. Vivienne Cassie, and the author. Thanks are due to those who have assisted in collecting material. The literature quoted is listed at the end of Part II.
The Diatom Species
Sub-Order Araphidineae
Family Fragilariaceae
Genus Fragilaria Lyngbye 1819
1. Fragilaria capucina Desm. (Pl. 50, Fig. 1)
-
Desm. 1825. Plantes Crypt. France No. 453.
-
Boyer 1927, 187.
Frustules in long filaments; linear in girdle view; valves linear with subrostrate apices; striae transverse, marginal Length 70–100μ.
Distribution. Australia: Botany Bay. Previously recorded from Australia by Ralfs (1861).
2. Fragilaria crotonensis Kitt. (Pl. 50, Fig. 2)
-
Kitt. 1869, 110.
-
Boyer. 1927, 187.
Frustules in filaments, linear-lanceolate in girdle view, inflated centrally, united by central portion, apices truncate; valves lanceolate, rostrate, apices rounded; striae fine. Length, 40–100μ.
Distribution. Australia: Botany Bay.
3. Fragilaria harrisonii (W. Sm.) Grun. (Pl. 50, Fig. 3)
-
Grun 1862, 368, 12, 35, 36.
-
Boyer 1927, 189.
-
Odontidium harrisonii. W. Sm. 1856, 18.
-
A. S. 1913, 296, 9–14.
Frustules free or in short filaments; valves with rostrate ends and broad middle, tending to cruciform; pseudoraphe lanceolate, narrow; striae very robust, appearing to alternate on either side of pseudoraphe. Length, 30–40μ.
Distribution. Australia: Nepean River, Lake Macquarie after freshet.
4. Fragilaria pinnata Ehr. (Pl. 50, Fig. 4)
-
Ehr. (1841), 1843, 127, 1, 3, 9.
-
Hust, in A.S. 1913, 297, 55–58, 65–72, 298, 47–74.
Valves lanceolate to elliptic-lanceolate with rounded apices; very variable in shape; costae broad, slightly alternate. Length, 30–50μ.

Distribution. Australia: Port Hacking. New Zealand: Lyall Bay (Petit, 1877).
5. Fragilaria virescens Ralfs (Pl. 50, Fig. 5)
-
Ralfs 1843, 12, 110.
-
Boyer 1927, 184.
-
A. S. 1913, 297, 3–33.
Frustules rectangular, elongate, in ribbon-like chains, valves linear or linear-elliptic, attenuate at apices, obtuse, transversely striate, punctate, pseudoraphe indistinct. Length, 20–70μ.
Distribution. Fresh water. New Zealand: Wellington.
Genus Tabellaria Ehr. 1840
Frustules in filaments or zig-zag chains, sometimes solitary; rectangular in girdle view, septate; valves linear to oblong, inflated at ends and in the middle or panduriform pseudoraphe narrow; striae transverse, punctate; chromatophores numerous, round.
6. Tabellaria flocculosa (Roth) Kütz. (Pl. 50, Figs. 6 a, b)
-
Kütz. 1884, 127.
-
Boyer 1927, 152. A.S. 1911, 269, 14–19, 22, 23, 27–30.
Conferva flocculosa Roth 1797, 192.
Frustules quadrangular with from 4–8 septa, somewhat incurved at each end, alternating with those at opposite end; valves linear with median inflation larger than terminal; pseudoraphe broad in the middle; transverse striae finely punctate. Length, 30μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Dobson, Nepean River, Botany swamps. New Zealand: Wellington water supply.
Genus Rhaphoneis Ehr. 1844
Frustules linear, narrow; valves elliptical to lanceolate; striae transverse, more or less radiating, moniliform; pseudoraphe usually narrow.
7. Rhaphoneis amphiceros Ehr. (Pl. 50, Fig. 7)
-
Ehr. 1844, 87.
-
Boyer 1927, 190.
-
A.S. 1911, 269, 44–55.
Valves broadly lanceolate to semicircular, with produced ends; striae moniliform, radiating, the granules in longitudinal lines. Length, 50–70μ.
Distribution. Australia: Heron Island, Lake Macquarie. Noumea: Bai de Citron. New Guinea: Port Moresby.
var crucifera (Kitt.) (Pl. 50, Fig. 8).
-
Amphitetras crucifera Kitt. 1867, 3, 271, 285.
-
R. amphiceros var. tetragona Grun in vH 116, 16.
-
A. S. 294, 33, 34.
-
Boyer 1927, 190.
Boyer points out that var. tetragona in Schmidt's Atlas is the same as Kitton's species, which should therefore become the name of the variety as Kitton's illustration seems clear enough.
Outline quadrate; pseudoraphe double, cruciform. Length, 40μ.
Distribution. Australia: Heron Island. Noumea. Bai de Citron.
8. Rhaphoneis cocconeiformis (A.S.) Hanna & Grant (Pl. 50, Fig. 9)
-
Hanna & Grant 1926, 165, 20, 9.
-
Coscinodiscus cocconeiformis. A. S. 1876, 58, 25, 26, 28.
Valve circular, much resembling. Coscinodiscus nitidus; pseudoraphe narrow, indistinct; surface punctate, puncta arranged radially to ends of pseudoraphe. Diameter 40μ. The bilateral symmetry of this species precludes its inclusion in the genus Coscinodiscus.
Distribution. Australia: Bate Bay in sand at 200 m.
9. Rhaphoneis surirella (Ehr.) Grun. (Pl. 50, Fig. 10)
-
Grun. in vH. 1880, 36, 26, 27a.
-
Zygoceros surirella Ehr. 1840, 4, 12.

var. australis Petit 1877.
-
R. fasciola var. australis Petit 1877.
-
Dimerogramma australe Boyer 1928.
Valves elliptical, ends acute; pseudoraphe broad, slightly constricted in the middle; striae radiate at ends, coarsely punctate. Length, 50μ.
Distribution. Australia: Port Hacking. New Zealand: Otago, Lyall B. (Petit, 1877).
Genus Cymatosira Grun. 1862
Frustules tumid in the middle in girdle view, arranged in ribbons; valves fusiform; pseudoraphe absent.
10. Cymatosira lorenziana Grun. (Pl. 50, Fig. 11)
-
Grun. 1862, 378.
-
Boyer 1927, 192.
Valves fusiform, ends produced; puncta in transverse and diagonal rows. Length, 25μ.
Distribution. Australia: Heron Island. Indonesia.
Genus Trachysphenia Petit, 1877
Frustules rectangular; valves cuneiform or elliptic-lanceolate, with rounded ends; striae transverse, puncta in longitudinal rows; pseudoraphe narrow, linear.
11. Trachysphenia australis Petit (Pl. 50, Fig. 12, a and b)
-
Petit 1877, 3, 190.
-
Boyer 1927, 191.
Has characters of genus, of which it is the type species.
Distribution. Australia: Hawkesbury River. New Zealand: Dunedin, Campbell I. (type loc., P. Petit).
Genus Omphalopsis Grev. 1863c
Frustules united into a filament, lateral view cruciform, with central and terminal nodules and interrupted transverse striae.
12. Omphalopsis australis Grev. (Pl. 50, Fig. 13)
-
Grev. 1863c, 37, 1, 10, 11.
-
A.S. 1899, 209, 54.
Cells in chains, valves cruciform, sides biconcave with convex central portion and rounded apices; terminal and central areas clear, with rows of radiating puncta. Length, 40μ.
Distribution. Australia: Heron I. (Type loc. Woodlark I. Grev. 1863). Indonesia.
Genus Entopyla Ehr. 1848
Frustules free or in very short chains, arcuate in girdle view, divided by longitudinal septa with a row of septa along each border; valves linear-elliptic, sometimes constricted, dissimilar, lower being concave, hyaline at apices, upper not hyaline, convex, surface costate. costae alternating on each side of pseudoraphe; chromatophores numerous.
13 Entopyla australis Ehr. (Pl. 50, Fig. 14)
-
Ehr. 1846, 6.
-
A. S. 1902, 230, 1–16.
-
Boyer 1927, 162.
Frustules free or in very short chains, valves linear to linear-elliptic or constricted, with rounded or cuneate ends, costae with fine puncta between them; foramina correspond to intercostal spaces, close to border, appearing as large cells in girdle view; in concave lower valve apices are hyaline, in upper valve costae radiate at apices; lower valve also depressed along longitudinal axis. Length, 200μ.
Distribution. Australia: Cairns Harbour. New Zealand: Dunedin.
Genus Asterionella Hassall, 1850
14. Asterionella bleakleyi W. Sm. (Pl. 50, Fig. 15)
-
W. Sm., 1956, 2, 82.
-
Boyer, 1927, 213.
A large species found in stellate formation; cells attached to each other by the larger ends; frustules with one swollen pole and a slight constriction just above the spatulate end;

the other pole slightly inflated in valve—and straight in girdle view; chromatophores about 12, not at ends of cell. Resembles A. kariana but is larger and chromatophores are more numerous. Length, 115–120μ.
Distribution. Australia: Heron Island. New Zealand. Cook Strait. Fiji.
15. Asterionella formosa Haas (Pl. 50, Fig. 16)
-
Haas in W. Sm. 1856, 81
-
A. S. 1911, 269, 20–21, 36–37.
Cells arranged in a spiral, attached to each other by the sides of their swollen bases; frustules also enlarged apically in valve view, at times slightly inflated near middle of valve; apex truncate. Length, 60μ.
Distribution. Fresh water. New Zealand: Wellington (Wainui-o-mata).
16. Asterionella notata Grun (Pl. 50, Fig. 17)
-
Grun. in vH. 1885.
-
Gran. 1905, 119.
-
Ostenfeld 1915, 9, 2.
Cells in chains, usually in a shallow spiral with chain axis through spatulate ends of each cell; frustules arranged almost at random about chain axis; frustules swollen at one pole, otherwise almost straight, tapering slightly; chromatophores numerous throughout cell. Length, 35–50μ.
Distribution. Australia: Heron Island, Tasman Sea, east of Port Hacking.
Genus Plagiogramma Grev. 1859
17. Plagiogramma atomus Grev. (Pl. 50, Fig. 18)
-
Greville 1863c, 36, 1–9.
-
A. S. 1892, 211, 24, 25.
Frustule nearly rectangular in girdle view; in valve view constricted in the middle with rostrate ends, puncta fine. Length, 30–40μ.
Distribution. Australia: Heron Island. (Type loc. Woodlark I.)
18. Plagiogramma constrictum Grev. (Pl. 50, Fig. 19)
-
Grev. 1863c, 36, 1, 8.
-
A. S. 1893, 210, 28–30.
Frustules quadrangular, with central and apical hyaline spaces abruptly raised; valves lanceolate with sinuate margins, pseudoraphe evident. Length, 60μ.
Distribution. Australia: Sahul Bank. (Timor Sea). New Zealand: Oamaru (Gr. & St. 1887, 73).
19. Plagiogramma interruptum (Greg.) Ralfs (Pl. 50, Fig. 20)
-
Ralfs in Pritch, 1861, 774.
-
A. S. 1899, 209, 38.
-
Denticella interrupta Greg. 1857, 494, 10, 30.
Frustule in girdle view nearly rectangular, middle part slightly convex, ends expanded; in valve view lanceolate with very fine sculpture and a large round punctum in the middle of the central hyaline area. Length, 25μ.
Distribution. Fresh water. Australia: Lake Conjola.
20. Plagiogramma labuense Cl. (Pl. 50, Fig. 21)
-
Cl. 1883, 498.
-
A. S. 1893, 211, 9.
Valves constricted in the middle, rostrate at ends; central nodule large, circular, reaching margin; costae transverse, punctate, puncta in longitudinal rows; pseudoraphe linear, distinct. Length, 40μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Macquarie.
21. Plagiogramma rutilarioides Cl. (Pl. 50, Fig. 22)
-
Cl. 1881, 18, 5.
-
A. S., 1893, 209, 2.
Frustules in valve view fusiform, with rounded ends; hyaline median space extending to margin, pseudoraphe variable; striae transverse, punctate, puncta in longitudinal rows. Length, 40–60μ.
Distribution. Australia: Port Hacking. (Identified by N. I. Hendey.)

22. Plagiogramma schmidtii (sp. nov.) (Pl. 50, Fig. 23)
A. S. 1893, 209, 9.
Valvae bicuneatae, cum striae transversis et longitudinalibus.
Valves bicuneate, widest in the middle, ends rounded; central and terminal hyaline spaces marked, striae marked, forming squares. This species is shown as Plagiogramma sp.from the Aegean by Schmidt, and has apparently not been named. Length, 30–50μ.
Distribution. Australia: Heron I.
23. Plagiogramma wallichianum Grev. (Pl. 50, Fig. 24)
-
Grev. 1865, 13, 1.
-
Boyer 1927, 179.
Valves linear with rounded ends, pseudoraphe absent; central space rectangular, terminal spaces large; striae at right angles, evident also in central and terminal spaces. Length, 30μ.
Distribution. Australia: Heron I.
Genus Synedra Ehr. 1830.
24. Synedra acus Kütz. (Pl. 50, Fig. 25)
-
Kutz. 1844, 68.
-
A. S. 1914, 303, 7.
-
Boyer 1916, 18, 11, 9; 1927, 201.
Frustules elongate, slender, valves lanceolate, acicular, ends elongate, sub-capitate or obtuse; striae transverse, central space usually evident. Length, 120μ.
Distribution. Australia: Botany swamps.
25. Synedra hennedyana Greg. (Pl. 50, Fig. 26 a, b)
-
Greg. 1857, 21, 532.
-
Boyer 1927, 211.
Frustules elongate, slender; valves elongate, swollen in the middle, apices subcapitate; pseudoraphe indistinct, striae transverse, irregular in the middle. Length, to 1 mm.
Distribution. Australia: Port Hacking, Lake Macquarie as an epiphyte and in fish stomachs.
26. Synedra goulardii (Breb.) Grun. (Pl. 50, Fig. 27)
-
Grun. 1880 in Cl. & Grun. 107, 6, 119. Breb in litt.
-
A. S. 1913, 300, 10–18.
Valves strongly constricted, ends acute to capitate, striae strongly punctate, transverse, somewhat radial at ends; large quadrate central area. Length, 60–80. Width, 10μ.
Distribution. Fresh water. New Zealand: Wellington (Wainui-o-mata).
27. Synedra tabulata (Ag.) Kutz. (Pl. 50, Fig. 28)
-
Kütz., 1844, 68.
-
Diatoma tabulatum Ag. 1832, 50.
-
S. affinis Kg. 1844, 68. A.S. 1914; 304, 10–48.
Valves lanceolate, narrow; tapering to the obtuse, somewhat capitate ends; pseudoraphe broad, lanceolate; striae marginal. Length, up to 130μ.
Distribution. Australia: South coast estuaries of New South Wales. New Zealand: Lake Ellesmere.
Genus Grammatophora Ehr. 1839
28. Grammatophora angulosa Ehr. (Pl. 50, Fig. 29)
-
Ehr. 1840, 73.
-
Cupp. 1943, 174, 124.
Frustules with irregularly bent, undulate septa, inner ends of which are hooked away from valve; valve surface punctate-striate, puncta extending on valve mantles at poles; pseudoraphe narrow Length, 15–30μ.
Distribution. Australia: Bate Bay, at 200 m. New Zealand: Wellington Harbour.
Genus Terpsinoe Ehr. 1843
29. Terpsinoe americana (Bailey) Ralfs (Pl. 50, Fig. 30)
-
Ralfs in Pritch. 1861, 859.
-
Boyer 1927, 145.
-
Tetragramma americana Bail. 1853, 7.

Frustules quadrangular, with septa extending about half way into valve; valves with undulating margin, inflated in the middle, ends rostrate; divided by septa into 3 or more segments; surface with coarse but indistinct puncta. Length, 60μ.
Distribution. Australia: Port Hacking, Cairns Harbour. New Zealand: Oamaru (Gr. & St. 1887, 77, A.S. 1893).
Genus Licmophora Ag. 1827
30. Licmophora araphidiea Mer. (Pl. 50, Fig. 31 a, b)
Mereschowsky, C. 1901, 143.
Valve narrow, cuneate, gradually tapering from about ¾ length to base and towards apex, which is capitate, pseudoraphe not visible; striae very delicate; septa not deep. Length, 300μ.
Distribution. Australia: Heron I. New Guinea. Sumatra (Mer.).
This species would appear to be somewhat close to, if not identical with Mereschowsky's, but it is difficult to confirm the identity, as that author does not provide illustrations.
31. Licmophora luxuriosa Heiden and Kolbe (Pl. 50, Fig. 32)
Heiden & Kolbe 1928, 572, 6, 140.
Frustule stipitate, branched stipes; in valve view clavate, pseudoraphe marked; in girdle view broadly cuneate, margins straight, slightly produced at apex to give two small horns (it thus differs from the species as described by Heiden and Kolbe) and a depression; septa strong, somewhat undulate; striae perpendicular to valve surface, punctate. Length, 120–150μ.
Distribution. New Zealand: Wellington Harbour.
Sub-Order Raphidioidineae
Family Eunotiaceae
Genus Eunotia Ehr. 1837
32. Eunotia cancellata A. Berg.
A. Berg in Cl.–Eul. 1953a, 110, 446.
Valves straight or slightly bent, semi-lanceolate; ventral margin straight or nearly so, dorsal margin straight in the middle, slightly concave or convex towards the rounded ends; shoulders marked; apical nodules terminal, small, striae acute, more or less irregular. Length, 20–40μ.
f. mutabilis Cl.-Eul. (Pl. 50, Fig. 33)
Cl.-Eul. 1953a, 110.
Slightly higher in outline than type; striae more numerous; slightly shorter on dorsal margin.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Dobson. New Zealand. Wellington.
33. Eunotia hebridica A. Berg (Pl. 50, Fig. 34)
A. Berg in Cl.-Eul. 1953a, 121, 459.
Valves linear, more or less elongate, with parallel sides and capitate ends; terminal nodules large, striae coarse. Length, 50–300μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Dobson.
34. Eunotia indica Grun. (Pl. 50, Fig. 35)
-
Grun. 1865, 5, 1, 7.
-
A. S. 1913, 289, 21–25.
-
E. major (W. Sm.) Rab. var. indica Cl.–Eul. 1953a, 120.
Valves slightly curved, with dorsal margin undulate, ventral margin arcuate to slightly undulate, apices slightly capitate; evenly striate, terminal nodules large. Length, 60–80μ.
Distribution. Fresh water. New Zealand: Wellington (Wainui-o-mata).
35. Eunotia serpentina Ehr. (Pl. 50, Fig. 36)
-
Ehr. 1854, 6, 12.
-
E. eruca A. S. 1913, 290, 8.
-
Ophidocampa spp. Ehr. 1869.
Frustule in valve view almost straight, linear, with rounded ends and undulate margins; the number of undulations varies considerably, and Ehrenberg (1869) gave a specific name

to each, at the same time creating the genus. Ophidocampa to include those eunotias with both margins undulate. Striae transverse. Length, 70–80μ.
Distribution. New Zealand: Wellington. Previously described from a fresh water lagoon near Melbourne (type loc.) and from near Auckland, New Zealand, by Ehrenberg, 1854 and 1869.
36. Eunotia thumii Hust. (Pl. 50, Fig. 38)
Hust. in A.S. 1913, 294, 1–6.
Valves with arcuate ventral margin and two evenly rounded protuberances on dorsal margin, ends evenly rounded (characteristic); striae marked, transverse, branches near apices Length. 50μ.
Distribution. Fresh water. Australia: Lake Dobson.
Sub-Order Monoraphidineae
Family Achnanthaceae
Genus Achnanthes Bory 1822.
37. Achnanthes coarctata (Breb.) Grun. (Pl. 51, Fig. 39)
-
Grun. in Cl. & Grun. 1880.
-
Boyer 1927, 233.
-
Hust. 1933, 421, 872.
-
Achnanthidium coarctatum Bieb. in W. Sm. 1856, 31.
Frustules in girdle view biarcuate; valves oblong, constricted in the middle, with broadly obtuse ends; upper valve with excentric pseudoraphe, lower valve with broad stauros; striae well-marked. Length, 30–50μ.
Distribution. Fresh water. New Zealand: near Wellington, Lake Ellesmere.
38. Achnanthes dispar Cl. (Pl. 51, Fig. 40 a)
-
Cl. 1891, 52, 3, 2, 3.
-
Hust. 1933. 394, 842.
Valves elliptic-lanceolate with constructed ends; upper valve with narrow, linear pseudoraphe and fusiform central area, lower valve with straight raphe and often excentrically widened central area; striae strongly radial on both valves, with, at times, a clear horseshoe shaped area at margin opposite central area.
Distribution. Australia: Bate Bay, in sand at 200 m.
-
var angulata Hust. (Pl. 51, Fig. 40 b)
-
Hust. 1930, 204.
Sides of valve angular or slightly undulating, ends slightly rostrate, acute. The form from Bate Bay shows one angular and one elliptical side.
Distribution. Australia: Bate Bay, at 200 m.
39. Achnanthes delicatula (Kütz.) Grun. (Pl. 51, Fig. 41)
-
Grun in Cl. & Grun. 1880, 22.
-
Hust. 1933, 389, 836.
-
Achnanthidium delicatulum Kütz 1844, 75, 3, 21.
Valves elliptic-lanceolate, with more or less rostrate ends; upper valve with narrow, linear pseudoraphe; lower valve with straight raphe, narrow axial, and small circular central areas; striae strongly marked, radial, weaker on upper valve. Length, 25μ.
Distribution. Australia: Bate Bay, at 200 m.
40. Achnanthes exilis Kütz (Pl. 51, Fig. 42)
-
Kütz. 1833, 12.
-
Hust. 1933, 378, 822.
Valves linear-lanceolate, tapering evenly from the middle to the ends; upper valve with narrow, linear pseudoraphe, lower with straight raphe, narrow axial area; oval central area, striae coarse, at right angles to margin. Length, 30μ.
Distribution. New Zealand: L. Ellesmere.
41. Achnanthes hungarica Grun. (Pl. 51, Fig. 43)
Grun. in Cl. & Grun. 1880, 17, 20.
Valves lanceolate, ends rounded; upper valve has narrow axial area and coarse, roughly

transverse striae; lower valve with narrow axial area and a stauros reaching margin; striae coarse. Length, 25μ.
Distribution. New Zealand: Lake Ellesmere.
42. Achnanthes inflata (Kütz) Grun. (Pl. 51, Fig. 44 a, b, c)
-
Grun. 1868, 98.
-
Hust. 1933–37, 421, 873.
-
Stauroneis inflata Kutz. 1844, 105, 30, 22.
Valves swollen in the middle, with capitate ends; lower valve with broad, somewhat asymmetric stauros and punctate striae arranged transversely, raphe slightly excentric, axial area narrow, linear; upper valve with transverse, punctate striae and excentric pseudoraphe.
Distribution. New Zealand: Lake Ellesmere.
43. Achnanthes lanceolata (Breb.) Grun. (Pl. 51, Fig. 45)
-
Grun. in Cl. & Grun, 1880, 23.
-
A. S. 1927, 411, 20–44.
-
Hust. 1933, 408, 863.
Frustules chevron-shaped in girdle view; valves elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate, ends broad, upper valve with narrow pseudoraphe and horse-shoe shaped hyaline space on one side extending to margin; lower valve with central raphe and dilated central area; striae thick, radiate. Length, 60μ.
Distribution. New Zealand: Lake Ellesmere.
44. Achnanthes laterostriata (Hust.) (Pl. 51, Fig. 46)
Hust. 1933, 392, 840.
Valves with middle part broadly elliptic with broadly rostrate to slightly capitate blunt ends; pseudoraphe narrowly lanceolate, without central area, striae punctate; lower valve with straight raphe, narrow axial area and no central area, striae marked, radial with several short, marginal striae near centre of valve. Length, 20μ.
Distribution. Australia: Botany swamps.
45. Achnanthes pulchella Heiden and Kolbe. (Pl. 51, Fig. 47 a, b)
Heiden & Kolbe 1928, 579, 5, 104, 104a.
Frustule chevron-shaped in girdle view; valves slightly constricted in the middle, then bluntly hastate with slightly concave margins and sharply rounded apices, upper valve with linear axial area, and transverse rows of coarse rectangular puncta; lower valve with straight raphe, narrow; axial area, stauros reaching margins and transverse striae, rather finely punctate. Length, 35μ.
Distribution. Australia: Heron Island.
46. Achnanthes taeniata Grun. (Pl. 51, Fig. 48)
-
Grun. in Cl. & Grun. 1880, 20.
-
Hust. 1933, 382, 828.
Cells in long, more or less fragilaria-like chains; valves linear with slightly convex sides and broadly rounded ends; thin walled, marked transapical striae on both valves, pseudoraphe narrow; raphe straight, axial area very narrow, chromatophore H-shaped. Length, 10–40μ.
Distribution. Australia: off Maria Island in winter. Ross Sea.
47. Achnanthes sp. (Pl. 51, Fig. 49)
Frustule in valve view elliptic-lanceolate, with rostrate ends; upper valve with slightly excentric pseudoraphe and central area; striae radial, coarsely punctate, median striae shorter than the rest.
Distribution. Australia: Bate Bay, at 200 m.
Genus Campyloneis Grun. 1862
Valves elliptical, dissimilar; upper valve with radiate rows of coarse puncta and pseudoraphe, lower valve with central nodule, raphe; and radiate, punctate striae; interior stratum of reticuli between the valves.
48. Campyloneis grevillei (W. Sm.) Grun. (Pl. 51, Fig. 50)
-
Grun. 1868, 1, 10.
-
Hust. 1933, 321.
-
Cocconeis grevillei W. Sm. 1853, 22.

Valves elliptical to circular; upper valve with narrow median line and rows of puncta or quadrate alveoli; lower valve with radiate; punctate striae; axial area narrow; raphe not reaching ends; between valves is coarse axial rib from which radiate strong costae, forming a variable network. Length, to 60μ.
Distribution. Australia: Cairns, Bate Bay, at 200 m. New Zealand: Lyall B. (Petit, 1877).
Genus Cocconeis Ehr. 1838 em. Grun. 1868.
49. Cocconeis apiculata A. S. (Pl. 51, Fig. 51)
-
A. S. 1894, 198.
-
Boyer 1927, 251.
Cells elliptical with apiculate ends, upper valve with narrow axial area, striae punctate, radiate. Length, 60–70μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Macquarie, in fish stomachs.
50. Cocconeis debesi Hust. (Pl. 51, Fig. 52 a, b)
Valves elliptic-lanceolate, ends rounded; upper valve with radial, to transverse interrupted striae, and longitudinal hyaline lines, pseudoraphe, linear, narrow; lower valve with short, radial striae at margin, and scattered puncta between margin and narrow axial area. Length, 35μ.
Distribution. Australia: Heron Island.
51. Cocconeis distans A. S. (Pl. 51, Fig. 53)
-
A. S. 1875, 3, 22, 1894, 193, 29.
-
Cl. 1895, 27, 172.
-
Boyer 1927, 246.
-
Hust. 1933, 343, 797.
Valves elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate; upper valve with lanceolate axial area; striae with 3–4 puncta in longitudinal, distant rows; lower valve regularly punctate in radiate, transapical rows, with a narrow hyaline area at margin; raphe straight, axial area and central nodule very narrow. Length, 30–50μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Macquarie, in fish stomachs.
52. Cocconeis maxima (Grun.) Perag. (Pl. 51, Fig. 54)
-
Perag. 1897, 18, 3, 1–4.
-
Hust. 1933, 335, 789.
-
Mastogloia maxima Grun. 1863, 156, 4, 1.
-
C. lorenziana A. S. 1894, 191, 28–34.
Cells elliptical; upper valve with irregular central area, strongly marked marginal striae interrupted by a hyaline zone parallel to margin; internal striae punctate, and interrupted by a second hyaline zone; lower valve finely punctate, with straight raphe. Length, 40μ.
Distribution. Australia: Heron I.
53. Cocconeis pellucida Hantzsch (Pl. 51, Fig. 55)
-
Hantzsch in Rab. 1863, 21.
-
Boyer 1927, 247. A.S. 1894, 194, 2, 195, 1–9.
-
Hust. 1933, 357, 812.
Valves elliptical, upper with median area straight, linear-lanceolate with 4–6 longitudinal blank lines crossing striae which are very fine; lower valve with straight raphe and small, opposed terminal nodules; longitudinal rows more numerous than in upper valve. Length, 50–70μ.
Distribution. Australia: Sussex Inlet.
54. Cocconeis placentula Ehr. (Pl. 51, Fig. 56)
-
Ehr. 1838, 194.
-
Boyer 1927, 244.
-
Hust. 1933, 347, 802.
Valves elliptical; lower valve with clearly punctate, radial striae and narrow, linear pseudoraphe; upper valve with nariow raphe and lateral areas; striae radial, fine, punctate; loculi rudimentary. Length, 20–60μ.
Distribution. New Zealand: Wellington water supply, L. Ellesmere, New Zealand (Ehr. 1869). Australia (Østrup, 1910).

var. euglypta (Ehr.) Cl. (Pl. 51, Fig. 57)
-
Cl. 1895, 169.
-
Hust. 1933, 348, 802a, b.
-
Cocconeis euglypta Ehr. 1854, 34, 2.
Lower valve more clearly marked than type; striae interrupted to form clear, but slightly irregular longitudinal lines.
Distribution. Australia: Bate Bay, in sand at 200 m.
55. Cocconeis scutellum var. stauroneiformis W. Sm. (Pl. 51, Fig. 58)
-
Smith. 1853, 30, 34.
-
Hust. 1933, 339, 792.
-
Central area of upper valve dilated to a stauros.
-
Distribution. Australia: Hawkesbury River.
Genus Rhoicosphenia Grun 1860.
Frustules arcuate, cuneate in girdle view with diaphragms at broad ends; valves dissimilar, upper with pseudoraphe, lower with central nodule and raph; cell structure similar to that of Gomphonema; chromatophore single.
56. Rhoicosphenia curvata (Kutz.) Grun. (Pl. 51, Fig. 59)
-
Grun. 1860, 511.
-
Gomphonema curvatum Kutz. 1844, 85.
-
A. S. 1899, 213, 1–5.
Frustules arcuate in valve, cuneate in girdle view, with diaphragms at broad ends; valves dissimilar, upper with pseudoraphe, lower with central nodule and raphe; axial area narrow, central area small, striae slightly radiate. Length, 35μ.
Distribution. Australia: Sydney water supply. New Zealand: Wellington (Wainui-o-mata).
Sub-Order Biraphidineae
Family Naviculaceae
Genus Navicula Bory. 1794.
57. Navicula aberrans Cl. -Eul. (Pl. 51, Fig. 60)
-
Cl.-Eul 1953b, 195, 914.
-
N. scutiformis. Hust in A.S. 1936, 404, 26, 27, nec. Cl.
Frustule similar to that of N. scutiformis. Hust, but with more delicate and numerous striae. Length, 30μ.
Distribution. Australia: L. Dobson.
58. Navicula aucklandica Grun. (Pl. 51, Fig. 61)
-
Grun. 1863. 151, 5, 14.
-
Cl. 1894, 156, 5, 15.
Frustules elliptic-lanceolate, with evenly rounded ends; axial area narrow, straight; central area small, narrow; striae transverse parallel, punctate. Length 40–75μ.
Distribution. Australia: Port Hacking (identified by N. I. Hendey). New Zealand: Auckland. (Type loc. Port Jackson, Cl. 1894.)
59. Navicula amphibola Cl. (Pl. 51, Fig. 62)
-
Cl. 1895, 27, 45.
-
Boyer 1927, 405. A. S. 1934, 398, 20–22.
Valves elliptic-lanceolate, ends rostrate; axial area narrow; central area quadrate, transverse, irregular; striae punctate, closer in the middle of the valve. Length, 60μ.
Distribution. Australia: Port Hacking, Bate Bay, at 200 m.
60. Navicula biformis (Grun.) Mann (Pl. 51, Fig. 63)
-
Mann 1939, 94, 20, 6, 7.
-
Staurone is biformis Grun 1860, 13, 7.
Valves elliptic-lanceolate, with abruptly rostrate ends; raphe straight, axial area narrow, central area dilated into a narrow stauros; striae of 2 orders, marginal striae coarse and spaced, inner striae numerous and punctate. Length, 100μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Macquarie, in fish stomachs.

61. Navicula brasiliensis var. bicuneata Cl.
Cl. 1895, 2–48. (Pl. 51, Fig. 64.). Differs from the type in the slightly rostrate ends.
Distribution. Australia: Heron Island, Bate Bay, at 200 m, Lake Msacquarie in fish stomachs.
62. Navicula hennedyi W. Sm. (Pls. 51 & 52, Fig. 65, a, b)
-
W. Sm. 1856, 2, 293.
-
Boyer 1927, 413.
-
Cl.-Eul. 1953b, 107.
Valves elliptic; lateral areas semi-lanceolate, with short rows of transverse striae along axial area: extremely variable species. Length 50–70μ.
Distribution. Australia: Port Hacking, in muds and on submerged plates off Port Hacking in mud at 65 m and 200 m depth. New Zealand: Foveaux Str. (Petit, 1877).
63. Navicula spectabilis Greg.
-
var. minuta Cl. (Pl. 51, Fig. 66)
-
Cl. in Cl.-Eul. 1953b, 107.
Lateral areas narrow, striae well marked, small. Length, 35–40μ.
Distribution. Australia: Heron I.
64. Navicula lacustris Greg. (Pl. 51, Fig. 67)
-
Greg. 1856, 4, 6.
-
Boyer 1927, 407.
-
A. S. 1906, 262, 15.
Valves elliptic-lanceolate, with sub-rostrate or acute ends; axial area narrow; central area 8-shaped, transverse, symmetrical; striae finely punctate, radiate. Length, 40–50μ.
Distribution. Fresh water. Australia: Turlinjah, Tuross L.
65. Navicula libellus Greg. (Pl. 51, Fig. 68)
-
Greg. 1857, 21, 529.
-
Boyer 1916, 31, 5; 1927, 376.
Frustule in girdle view rectangular with rounded ends, slight median constrictions. Valves rhombic-elliptic with obtuse ends; axial area narrow; central area rounded, small; striae radiate, fine, terminal nodules small. Length, 60μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Macquarie, in fish stomachs.
66. Navicula luxuriosa Grev. (Pl. 52, Fig. 69)
Grev. 1863, 18, 1, 10, 11.
Valves elliptical, with obtuse, subcuneate ends; axial area linear; several rows of puncta in irregular, asymmetric, longitudinal lines and transverse, radiating costae crossed by a very distinct intramarginal line; the axial area is not unlike that of a Diploneis, while the marginal line suggests a Caloneis. Length, 50–70μ. Identified by N. I. Hendey.
Distribution. Australia: Port Hacking and off Jibbon C. in mud at 65 and 200 m. (Type loc. Port Stephens Grev. 1863.)
67. Navicula australica (A.S.) Cl. (Pl. 52, Fig. 70)
-
Cl. 1895, 2, 61.
-
N. lyra var. australica A.S. 1875, 2, 37.
A member of the lyra group but with the lateral lines linear, tapering to the convergent ends.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Macquarie, Port Hacking, Bate Bay mud at 200 m, muds at 65 m depth off Jibbon C.
68. Navicula marina Ralfs (Pl. 52, Fig. 71)
-
Ralfs in Pritch. 1861, 903.
-
N. punctulata W. Sm. 1853, 52, 16, 151. Cl.-Eul. 1953b, 110, 721.
Valves elliptic-lanceolate with slightly acute to sub-rostrate ends; axial area narrow, slightly dilated half way along; central area small, rounded; striae punctate, radial in centre, parallel nearer ends. Length, 40μ.
Distribution. Australia: L. Mallacoota.

69. Navicula weissflogii (Grun.) Cl. (Pl. 52, Fig. 72)
-
Cl. 1894, 152.
-
Boyer 1927, 375.
Brebissonia weissflogii Grun. in Cl. 1878, 7, 1–9.
Valves rhomboid with obtuse ends; raphe with distinct median and terminal pores; axial area indistinct, central area elongate; striae transverse in middle, radiate at ends, punctate, puncta forming undulating longitudinal rows. Length, 60–80μ.
Distribution. Australia: Botany Bay.
70. Navicula semen (Ehr.) Donk. (Pl. 52, Fig. 73)
-
Donk. 1871, 21.
-
Boyer 1927, 373.
-
A. S. 1886, 72, 1; 1913, 299, 18–20
-
Pinnularia semen Ehr. 1843. A.
Valves oblong-elliptic with broad, sub-rostrate ends; axial area well defined, somewhat irregular, dilated in middle; raphe oblique, sinuous; striae radiate, distant in the middle, closer at ends and slightly convergent; puncta indistinct. Length, 50–100μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Macquarie, in fish stomachs.
71. Navicula sulcifera Hust. (Pl. 52, Fig. 74)
-
Hust. 1955, 24, 8, 1.
Valves elliptic, with sub-acute ends; axial area narrow, linear, slightly dilated centrally; central area large, dilated towards lateral areas which are narrow, lanceolate, and separated from axial areas by a band of punctate striae, with a strong linear furrow in each half; striae transverse, punctate. Length, 50–70μ.
Distribution. Australia: Port Hacking, Bate Bay at 200 m. (Identified by N. I. Hendey).
72. Navicula torneensis Cl. (Pl. 52, Fig. 75)
-
Cl. 1891, 33, 2, 6
-
Cl.-Eul. 1953b, 120, 101a.
Valves small, rhombic-elliptic with bluntly rounded ends; axial area narrow, slightly lanceolate, central area circular; striae radial, strongly punctate. Length, 20–25μ.
Distribution. Australia: Port Hacking.
73. Navicula virihensis Cl.-Eul. (Pl. 52, Fig. 76)
-
Cl.-Eul. 1953b, 141, 790a.
Valves linear-lanceolate with rounded, rostrate to sub-capitate ends; central and axial areas asymmetric; striae radial, distant near central area, parallel and closer together towards ends. Length, 30μ.
Distribution. Fresh water. New Zealand: Wellington.
74. Navicula vulpina Kütz. (Pl. 52, Fig. 77)
-
Kutz. 1844, 92.
-
Boyer 1927, 388.
-
A. S. 1934, 395, 7–9.
Valves lanceolate with obtuse ends; axial area narrow; central area large, circular; striae coarse, linear, radiate, convergent at ends. Length, 70μ.
Distribution. Fresh water. Australia: Lake Dobson, Georges Basin.
75. Navicula digitoradiata (Greg.) Ralfs (Pl. 52, Fig. 78)
-
Ralfs 1861, 904.
-
Cl. -Eul. 1953b, 160, 822.
-
Pinnularia digitoradiata Greg. 1859, 9, 1, 32.
Valves sub-linear to elliptic-lanceolate with rounded ends; axial area linear, narrow; central area irregular; striae coarse, radial in centre, transverse and convergent at ends. Length, 35–45μ.
Distribution. Australia: Port Hacking.
76. Navicula lyra var. (Pl. 52, Fig. 79)
A large form with rhomboid valves, a narrow axial area and narrowly lyrate extensions of the central area, reaching the margins near the rounded ends; striae fine, transverse, punctate. Length, 100–120μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Macquarie. Rare.

Genus Diploneis Ehr. 1840
77. Diploneis advena (A. S.) Cl. (Pl. 52, Fig. 80)
-
Cl. 1894, 81.
-
Navicula advena A. S. 1875, 8, 29, 12, 41.
Valves linear-elliptic with parallel to slightly concave sides, and blunt, semicircular ends; central area small, quadrate, horns narrow, parallel; longitudinal canal linear, slightly convergent at poles; transapical ribs radial, transverse in the middle; loculi unpaired, with a small pore near valve margin. Length, 50μ.
Distribution. Australia: Bate Bay at 200 m.
78. Diploneis campylodiscus (Grun.) Cl. (Pl. 52, Fig. 81)
-
Cleve 1894, 99.
-
Hust. 1933–37, 600, 1017.
-
Navicula campylodiscus Grun. in A. S. 1875, 8, 9, 10, 12.
Valves broadly elliptic; central area moderately large, quadrate; horns separated therefrom, slightly divergent at base; longitudinal canal broad, semi-lanceolate; transapical striae strongly radial, loculi unpaired. Length, 40–55μ.
Distribution. Australia: Bate Bay at 200 m.
79. Diploneis finnica (Ehr.) Cl. (Pl. 52, Fig. 82)
-
Cl. 1891, 43, 2, 11.
-
Hust. 1933–37, 669, 1064.
-
Cocconeis finnica Ehr. 1838, 194.
Valves elliptic; central area elongated; horns strong, parallel; longitudinal canal rather broad, semilanceolate; transapical striae strong, radial, with a double row of pores between each; loculi unpaired. Length, 70–80μ.
Distribution. Australia: Bate Bay at 200 m.
80. Diploneis gemmata (Grev.) Cl.
-
Cl. 1894, 98.
-
Hust. 1933–37, 644, 1050.
-
Navicula gemmata Grev. 1859, 249, 5, 7.
Valves linear, with parallel or slightly concave sides and broadly rounded ends; central area large, quadrate; horns strong, parallel; longitudinal canal broad, linear with a series of teeth between it and the horns, these teeth opposite the transverse striae. Loculi unpaired.
var. pristiophora (Jan.) Cl. (Pl. 52, Fig. 83)
-
Cl. 1894, 99.
-
Hust. 1933–37, 646, 1050c.
-
Navicula pristiophora Jan. in A.S. 1881, 70. 72.
Differs from type in more constricted middle.
Distribution. Australia: Sahul Bank.
81 Diploneis interrupta (Kütz) Cl. (Pl. 52, Fig. 84)
-
Cl. 1894, 84.
-
Hust. 1933–37, 602, 1019.
-
Navicula interrupta Kütz 1844, 100, 29, 93.
Valves linear-elliptic with deeply constricted middle and semicircular ends; central area large; horns strong, separated, parallel; longitudinal canal narrow, linear; transapical ribs, well marked, radial; loculi in the middle missing or rudimentary. Length, 30–50μ.
Distribution. Australia: Bate Bay, at 200 m.
82. Diploneis notabilis (Grev.) Cl. (Pl. 52, Fig. 85)
-
Cl. 1894, 93.
-
Hust. 1933–37, 682, 1074.
Valves elliptic to circular, central nodule quadrate, horns strong, parallel, longitudinal canal rather narrow, linear to lanceolate: transverse striae marked, radial, crossed by undulating longitudinal ribs rather more widely spaced than the transverse striae. Length, 50–70μ.
Distribution. Australia: Bate Bay, at 200 m.
83. Diploneis bombus Ehr.
-
Ehr. 1844, 84.
-
Hust. 1933–37, 704, 1086.
Valves constricted in the middle with elliptical to semicircular ends; central nodule large, rectangular; horns divergent at base, strongly convergent at apices; longitudinal canal broad, linear, transapical striae strong, radial crossed by 2 to 5 longitudinal ribs.

var. bombiformis (Cl.) Hust. (Pl. 52, Fig. 86)
-
Hust. 1933, 706, 1086f.
-
D. bombiformis Cl. 1894, 87, 1, 26.
Smaller than type with fewer longitudinal ribs. Length, 40–50μ.
Distribution. Australia: Bate Bay, at 200 m.
84. Diploneis beyrichiana A. S. (Pl. 52, Fig. 87)
A. S. 1881, 69, 16, 17.
Valves slightly constricted in the middle, with rather abruptly obtuse ends; central nodule quadrate; horns strong, slightly divergent at base, longitudinal canal lanceolate; striae transverse, crossed by longitudinal ridges. Length, 50–70°
Distribution. Australia. Bate Bay, at 200 m.
85 Diploneis rostrata sp. nov. (Pl. 52, Fig. 88)
Valves oblong-elliptic with rounded corners and narrowly rostrate ends, raphe fine, straight, horns with smooth interior and serrate outer margins; longitudinal canal narrow; valve surface with widely spaced striae, not so evident in inner portion of valve. Length, 30–40μ.
Distribution. Australia Bate Bay, at 200 m.
86. Diploneis suborbicularis (Greg.) Cl. (Pl. 52, Fig. 89)
Valves broadly elliptical; central nodule quadrate; horns divergent; longitudinal canals linear, narrow, with a row of puncta or faint continuation of the costae; costae transverse, radial at ends. Length, 40–60μ.
Distribution. Australia: Bate Bay, at 200 m.
Genus Dictyoneis Cl. 1890
Valves lanceolate or panduriform; terminal fissures usually in opposite directions; surface with outer and inner striation, outer finely punctate, inner coarsely cellular or reticulate; marginal cells usually larger than the rest, forming apparent marginal loculi, but are not detached from the valve as in Mastogloia.
87. Dictyoneis marginata (Lewis) Cl. (Pl. 52. Fig. 90)
-
Cl. 1890, 16.
-
Naurcula marginata Lewis 1862, 161.
Valves strongly constricted in the middle, tapering to the rounded ends; raphe straight, but curved at ends, axial area small almost linear; surface areolate with irregular arrangement; marginal areolae usually twice the size of the rest; outer surface punctate. Length, 100–120μ.
Distribution. Australia. Botany Bay, in mud; Bate Bay, in sand, at 200 m.
Genus Frustulia, A G. 1824
88. Frustulia rhomboides v. saxonica f, undulata Hust. (Pl. 52, Fig. 91)
Hust. 1930, 369.
Valves with slightly undulating rhombic form and slightly constricted ends. Length, 100μ.
Distribution. Fresh water: Australia: Lake Dobson.
Genus Pinnularia Ehr. 1843
89. Pinnularia acrosphaeria (Breb.) Rab. (Pl. 52, Fig. 92)
-
Rab. 1853, 45, 6, 36.
-
A. S. 1875, 43, 14–19, 21. 22.
-
Cl. 1895, 27, 86.
-
Boyer 1927, 441.
-
Frustulia acrosphaeria Breb. 1838, 19.
Valves linear, slightly swollen in middle and at ends; axial area about half valve width; median area punctate; striae nearly parallel, radiate at ends. Length. 80μ.
Distribution. Fresh water. New Zealand: Wellington.
90. Pinnularia cardinalis Ehr. (Pl. 53, Fig. 93)
Ehr. in W. Sm. 1853, 19. 166.
Valves linear with rounded ends, axial area wide, expanded in the middle; costae radiate. Length, 100–120μ.
Distribution. Fresh water. New Zealand: Wellington.

Fig. 1.—Fragilaria capucina. Fig. 2.—F. crotonesis. Fig. 3.—F. harrisonii. Fig. 4.—F. pinnata. Fig. 5.—F. virescens. Fig. 6a, b.—Tabellaria flocculosa. Fig. 7.—Rhaphoneis amphiceros. Fig. 8.—R. amphiceros var. crucifera. Fig. 9.—R. cocconeriformis. Fig. 10.—R. surirella. Fig. 11.—Cymatosira lorenziana. Fig. 12a, b.—Trachysphenia australis. Fig. 13.—Omphalopsis australis. Fig. 14.—Entopyla australis. Fig. 15.—Asterionella bleakleyi. Fig. 16.—A. formosa. Fig. 17.—A. notata. Fig. 18.—Plagiogramma atomus. Fig. 19.—P. constrictum. Fig. 20.—P. interruptum. Fig. 21.—P. labuense. Fig. 22.—P. rutilarioides Fig. 23.—P. schmidtii Fig. 24.—P. wallichianum. Fig. 25.—Synedra acus. Fig. 26a, b.—S. hennedyana. Fig. 27.—S. goulardii. Fig. 28.—S. tabulata. Fig. 29.—Grammatophora angulosa. Fig. 30.—Terpsinoe americana. Fig. 31a, b.—Licmophora araphidiea. Fig. 32.—L. luxuriosa. Fig. 33.—Eunotia cancellata f. mutabilis. Fig. 34.—E. hebridica. Fig. 35.—E. indica. Fig. 36.—E. serpentina. Fig. 38.—E. thumii.

Fig. 39.—Achnanthes coarctata. Fig. 40a.—A. dispar. Fig. 40b.—A dispar angulata. Fig. 41.— A. delicatula. Fig. 42.—A. exilis. Fig. 43.—A. hungarica. Fig. 44a, b, c.—A. unflata. Fig. 45.— A. lanceolata. Fig.Fig. 46.—A. laterostriata.Fig. 47a, b.—A. pulchella.Fig. 48.—A. taeniata.Fig. 49.—A. sp. Fig.50.—Campyloneis grevillei. Fig. 51.—Cocconcis apiculata Fig. 52.—C. debesi. Fig. 53.–C. distans. Fig. 54.—. Fig 55. C. pellucidaFig. 56.—C. placintula. Fig. 57.—C. placentula var. euglypta. Fig. 58.—C. scutellum var. stauroneiformis Fig. 59.—Rhoicosphenia curvata. Fig. 60.— Navicula aberrans. Fig. 61.—N. aucklandica. Fig. 62.—N. amphibola. Fig. 63.—N. biformis. Fig. 64.—N. brasilicusis var. bicucuneata. Fig. 65a.—N. hennedyi. Fig. 66.—N. spectabilis. Fig. 67.—N. lacustris. Fig. 68.—N. libellus.

Fig. 65b.— Navicula hennedyi. Fig. 69.—N. luxuriosa. Fig. 70.—N. australica. Fig. 71.—N. marina. Fig. 72.—N. weissflogii Fig. 73.—N. semen. Fig. 74.—N. sulcifera Fig. 75.—N. torneensis. Fig. 76.—N. virihensis Fig. 77.—N. vulpina Fig. 78.—N. digitoradiata. Fig. 79.—N. lyra. var. Fig. 80.—Diploneis advena. Fig. 81.—D. campylodiscus. Fig. 82.—D. finnica. Fig. 83.—D. gemmata. var. pristrophora. Fig. 84.—D. interrupta. Fig. 85.—D. notabilis. Fig. 86.—D. bombus var. bomiformis. Fig. 87.—D. beyrichiana. Fig. 88.—D. rostrata. Fig. 89.—D. suborbicularis. Fig. 90.—Dictyoneis marginata. Fig. 91.—Frustulia rhomboides. var. saxonica f. undulata. Fig. 92.—Pinnularia acrosphaeria Fig. 94.—P. legumen. Fig. 96.—P. notata. Fig. 97.—P. viridis.

Fig. 93.—Pinnularia cardinalis. Fig. 95.—P. nobilis. Fig. 98.—P. viridis var. rupestris. Fig. 99.—Trachyneis aspera var. pulchella. Fig. 100.—Pleurosigma directum. Fig. 101.—P. obscurum. Fig. 102.—P. speciosum Fig. 103.—Stauroneis acuta. Fig.—104. S. acuta var. inflata. Fig. 105.—S. fulmen var. capitata. Fig. 106.—S. phoenicenteron Fig. 107.—Anomoeoneis serians var. brachysira f. genuina. Fig. 108.—F. thermalis. Fig. 109.—Mastogloia affirmata. Fig. 110.—M. angulata. Fig. 111.—M. apiculata. Fig. 112.—M. baldjikiana. Fig. 113.—M. binotata. Fig. 114.—M. braunii. Fig. 115.—M. brunii. Fig. 116.—M. decussata. Fig. 117.—M. euxina. Fig. 118.—M. fallax. Fig. 119.—M. fimbriata Fig. 120.—M. ignorata Fig. 121.—M. lata. Fig. 122.—M. lineata. Fig. 123.—M. mediterrance. Fig. 125.—M. pulchella Fig. 126.—M. pumila. Fig. 128.—M. vasta.

Fig. 124.—Mastogloia pseudoparadoxa. Fig. 127.—M. rostrata. Fig. 129.—Amphora angularis. Fig. 130.—A. acuta. Fig. 131.—A. arenaria. Fig. 132.—A. bigibba. Fig. 133.—A. coffaciformis. Fig. 134.—A. cuneata. Fig. 135.—A. egregia. Fig. 136.—A. fasciata. Fig. 137.—A. graeffii. Fig. 138.—A. javanica. Fig. 139.—A. laevis. Fig. 140.—A. libyca. Fig. 141.—A. macilenta. Fig. Fig. 142.—A. obtusa. Fig. 143.—A. ovalis. Fig. 144.—A. terroris. Fig. 145.—A. weissflogii. Fig. 146.—A. ostretria Fig. 147.—A. turgida. Fig. 148.—A. sp. Fig. 149.—Epithemia gibberula. Fig. 150.—E. turgida. Fig. 151.—E. sorex (pair). Fig. 152.—Rhopalodia musculus. Fig. 153.—R. musculus var. constricta Fig. 154.—Cymbella cestii. Fig. 155.—C. cistula var. maculata. Fig. 156.—C. ehrenbergii. Fig. 157.—C. heteropleura. Fig. 158.—C. lanceolata. Fig. 159.—C. parva var. hungarica. Fig. 160.—Gomphonema berggrenii. Fig. 161a, b—C. constrictum var. capitata Fig. 162.—G. gracile. Fig. 163.—C. acuminatum f. coronata. Fig. 164.—C. parvuulum Fig. 165.—Gomphoneis mamilla. Fig. 166.—Caloneis amphisbaena var. subsalina.

Fig. 167.—Caloneis excentrica. Fig. 168.—C. liber. Fig. 169.—C. powellii. Fig. 170.—Amphiprora striolata. Fig. 171.—Nitzschia australis. Fig. 172.—N. bremenensis. Fig. 173.—N. brightwellii. Fig. 174.—N. compressa Fig. 175.—N. distans var. tumescens Fig. 176.—N. gracilis 177.—N. graeffii.Fig.. 178.—N. granulata.Fig.. 179.—N. lorenziana.Fig. 180.—N. panduriformis. Fig. 181.—N. polaris. robusta. Fig. 182.—N. punctata. Fig. 183.—N. sigma var. rigida. Fig. 184.—N. subacuta. Fig. 185.—N. tryblionella. Fig. 186.—N. tryblionella var. levidensis. Fig. 187.—N. tryblionella var. victoriae. Fig. 188.—N. vitrea var. subvitrea. Fig. 189.—N. sp. Fig. 190.—N. sp. Fig. 191.—Surirella brasiliensis. Fig. 192.—S. eximia. Fig. 193.—S. hastata. Fig. 194.—S. moelleriana. Fig. 195.—S. rattrayi. Fig. 196.—S. robusta.

91. Pinnularia legumen Ehr. (Pl. 52, Fig. 94)
-
Ehr. 1854, 2
-
Boyer 1927, 435
-
A. S. 1875, 44, 44–47.
Valves linear-lanceolate, with more or less triundulate margins and broad, subcapitate ends, axial area less than ¼ valve width, widened in the middle to give a circular central area; striae strongly divergent in middle, convergent at ends. Length, 65–90μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Dobson.
92. Pinnularia nobilis Ehr. (Pl. 53, Fig. 95)
-
Ehr. 1840, 20,
-
Boyer 1927, 445.
Valves slightly swollen in the middle and at ends, which are rounded; raphe complex; axial area linear slightly widened in the middle; striae slightly divergent in the middle, then parallel, slightly convergent at ends, crossed by a broad band. Length, 70–80μ.
Distribution. Australia: Port Hacking in brackish upper reaches.
93. Pinnularia notata Heiden & Kolbe (Pl. 52, Fig. 96)
Heiden & Kolbe 1928.
Valves linear-lanceolate, sides parallel then tapering to rounded apex; raphe curved at both ends and in middle, axial area narrow on one side of raphe, central area excentric, striae strongly divergent in the middle, convergent at ends. Length, 50–70μ.
Distribution. New Zealand: Lake Ellesmere.
94. Pinnularia viridis (Nitzsch) Ehr. (Pl. 52, Fig. 97)
-
Ehr. 1838, 182.
-
Boyer 1927, 446.
-
Bacillaria viridis Nitzsch 1817, 97.
-
Navicula viridis (Nitzsch) Kütz 1844, 97.
-
A. S. 1875, 44, 42, 45.
Valves linear-elliptic with rounded ends; raphe complex; axial area narrow, widened in the middle, costae coarse, slightly divergent in the middle, convergent at ends, crossed by a broad band. Length, 150μ.
Distribution. Fresh water. Australia: L. Dobson. New Zealand: Lake Ellesmere. (Australia, Østrup 1910; A. S. 1875.)
var. rupestris (Hantzsch) Cl. (Pl. 53, Fig. 98)
-
Cl. 1895, 2, 92.
-
P. rupestris Hantz in Rab. 1864, 1023.
-
Nav. rupestris A. S. 1876, 45, 38–44.
Striae finer than in type. Length, 75μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Macquarie, fish stomachs.
Genus Trachyneis Cl. 1894
95 Trachyneis aspera v. pulchella (W.Sm.) Cl. (Pl. 53, Fig. 99)
-
Cl. 1894, 26, 191
-
Boyer 1927, 428
-
Stauroneis pulchella W. Sm. 1853, 61, 19, 194.
-
Illustrated in A. S. 1885, 48, 12, 13.
Valves elliptic-lanceolate; axial area narrow, slightly sinuate; alveoli elongate; central area widened symmetrically.
Distribution. Fresh and brackish water. Australia: Port Hacking, Nepean River, Lake Macquarie. Noumea (Bai de Citron).
Genus Pleurosigma W. Sm. 1853
96. Pleurosigma directum Grun. (Pl. 53, Fig. 100)
-
Grun. in Cl. & Grun. 1880, 53.
-
Hendey 1937, 34, 348.
Cells solitary; valves flat or nearly so, rhombic-lanceolate to elliptic-lanceolate; raphe distinct, median, only very slightly sigmoid; central nodule small, striations faint. Length, 70μ.
Distribution. New Zealand: Hauraki Gulf.

97. Pleurosigma obscurum W. Sm. (Pl. 53, Fig. 101)
-
W. Sm. 1853, 65.
-
Boyer 1927, 468.
Valves linear, scarcely if at all sigmoid, with obliquely rounded, obtuse ends; raphe sigmoid, very excentric, near margin at ends; striae oblique, very fine. Length, 70–150μ.
Distribution. Australia: L. Coila.
98. Pleurosigma speciosum W. Sm. (Pl. 53, Fig. 102)
-
W. Sm. 1853, 63, 197.
-
Boyer 1927, 469.
Valves linear-lanceolate, obtuse, slightly sigmoid; raphe sigmoid, slightly excentric at ends; striae fine, diagonal. Length, 100μ.
Distribution. Australia: Hawkesbury River.
Genus Stauroneis Ehr. 1843
99. Stauroneis acuta W. Sm. (Pl. 53, Fig. 103)
-
W. Sm. 1853, 59.
-
Boyer 1927, 425.
-
A. S. 1903, 241, 4.
Valves rhombic-lanceolate, obtuse with a diaphragm at each end; axial area broad; stauros broad, widened towards margin; striac fine, punctate. Length, 100μ.
Distribution. Fresh water. Australia: Lake Dobson. (Australia, Østrup 1910). New Zealand: Foveaux Strait (Petit 1877).
var. inflata (Held.) Freng. (Pl. 53, Fig. 104).
-
Freng. 1926, 30.
-
S. inflata Heid. in A. S. 1903, 241, 1, 8, 11.
Central portion of valve inflated.
Distribution. Tasman Sea phytoplankton.
100. Stauroneis fulmen Brightw.
-
Brightw. 1859, 180, 9, 6.
-
A.S. 1903, 241, 1.
Valves elongate, margin convex in the middle, and midway towards end tapering to rounded ends; stauros dilated to margin; axial area broad, striae fine, finely punctate.
Distribution. Australia: Bass Strait in plankton. (Type loc. Yarra Fossil.)
-
v. capitata Heid. (Pl. 53, Fig. 105)
-
Heid. in A. S. 1903, 241, 6, 7.
Ends capitate.
Distribution. Fresh water. New Zealand: Wellington. This specimen also came from Lake Dobson.
Note.—The example of Stauroneis phoenicenteron used for illustration in Part II approximates S. anceps, and a more typical illustration of S. phoenicenteron is given in Pl. 53, Fig. 106 in this paper. This variety also came from Lake Dobson.
Genus Anomoeoneis Pfitz. 1871
101. Anomoeoneis serians (Breb.) Cl. var. brachysira (Breb.) Hust.
-
Hust. 1930, 262, 422.
-
Navicula brachysira Breb. in Rab 39, 5, 11.
-
Cymbella beverleiana A.S. 71, 56–61.
-
A. brachysira Cl.-Eul. 1953b, 198.
Valves small, rhombic-lanceolate with bluntly rounded ends; axial area very narrow, slightly widened in middle: striae very fine, radial; raphe evident. Length, 25μ.
f. genuina Cl.-Eul. (Pl. 53, Fig. 107)
Distribution. Fresh water. Australia: L. Dobson.
f. thermalis Cl.-Eul. (Pl. 53, Fig. 108)
Valves elliptic with bluntly rounded, capitate ends.
Distribution. Fresh water. Australia: L. Dobson, Nepean R.

Genus Mastogloia Thwaites in W. Sm. 1856
102. Mastogloia affirmata (Leud.-Fort) Cl. (Pl. 53, Fig. 109)
-
Cl. 1893, 162.
-
Hust. 1933, 528, 962.
-
Navicula affirmata Leud.-Fort. 1879, 24, 2, 22.
Frustules broadly elliptic-lanceolate to rhombic-lanceolate with more or less rostrate ends; raphe strongly curved; areas very narrow; valve surface with 12–14 radial, transapical ridges crossed by almost straight longitudinal ridges; loculi small, numerous, almost reaching apices. Length, 40–60μ.
Distribution. Australia: Port Hacking.
103. Mastogloia angulata Lewis (Pl. 53, Fig. 110)
-
Lewis 1861, 35.
-
Boyer 1927, 334.
-
Hust. 1933, 465, 885.
Valves elliptical with slightly produced ends; loculi numerous, two or three larger loculi in the middle; axial area narrow, central area small, may be almost absent; striae punctate, in rows parallel to transverse axis. Length, 70–80μ.
Distribution. Brackish water. Australia: George's Basin, Lake Conjola, Lake Macquarie. New Zealand: Lake Ellesmere.
104. Mastogloia apiculata W. Sm. (Pl. 53, Fig. 111)
-
W. Sm. 1856, 65.
-
Hust. 1933, 7, 515, 946.
Valves elliptic-lanceolate, sometimes produced; loculi small, ending near ends of valve; raphe enclosed between two longitudinal ribs; central area very small; striae transverse to slightly radiate, punctate; puncta in longitudinal rows. Length, 40–60μ.
Distribution. Australia: L. Mallacoota, Lake Macquarie (Swan B.), mullet stomachs.
105. Mastogloia baldjikiana Grun. (Pl. 53, Fig. 112)
-
Grun. in A.S. 1893, 188, 1, 2.
-
Hust. 1933, 550, 981.
Valves rounded-elliptic to almost rhombic-lanceolate with rounded to sub-rostrate ends; raphe straight or excavated; axial area very narrow; central area widened transversely, forming an H with two longitudinal furrows; valve surface with transverse costae crossed by faint longitudinal ridges; loculi about 10, of even size, not reaching apices. Length, 40–50μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Macquarie, in fish stomachs. Lord Howe I.
106. Mastogloia binotata (Grun.) Cl. (Pl. 53, Fig. 113)
-
Cl. 1895, 148.
-
Hust. 1933, 470, 889.
-
Orthoneis binotata Grun. 1867, 15.
Valves broadly elliptical, with evenly rounded ends; raphe straight; axial area very narrow; central area transverse, sagittate; valve surface areolate, areolae forming an even network; one loculus on each side, about ⅓ valve length, with inner margin straight. Length, 20–40μ.
Distribution. Australia: Cairns. Noumea. (Australia, de Toni and Forti 1923, 15, 135). Lord Howe I.
107. Mastogloia braunii Grun. (Pl. 53, Fig. 114)
-
Grun. 1863, 156, 4, 2.
-
Hust. 1933, 551, 982.
Valves lanceolate, with tapering ends; raphe curved sideways; axial area narrow; central area large, rectangular, extending into H-shaped extensions towards apices; loculi rectangular, numerous, not reaching ends; puncta in transverse rows; longitudinal ribs slightly narrower than transverse ribs. Length, 40–90μ.
Distribution. Australia: Georges Basin. New Zealand: Lake Ellesmere.
108. Mastogloia brunii nom. nov. (Pl. 53, Fig. 115)
-
M. capitata (Brun) Cl. 1895, 151.
-
Hust. 1933, 571, 1006.
-
Stigmaphora capitata Brun. 1891, 45, 11, 13.

Valves linear-lanceolate with more or less capitate ends; raphe straight; areas very narrow; walls lightly silicified; faintly striate; only two median loculi on each side.
This species has, of necessity, been renamed, as M. capitata is preempted by M. capitata Grev. 1862, 235, 10, 11, 12, who points out the relation of his species to M. smithii Greville's form is obviously that listed by Hustedt (p. 503) as M. smithii v. amphicephata Grun. which becomes M. smithii v. capitata Grev.
Distribution Australia: Lake Macquarie, in fish stomachs Coral Sea.
109. Mastogloia decussata Grun. (Pl. 53, Fig. 116.)
-
Grun, 1892, 2, 17.
-
Hust. 1933, 493, 673.
-
M. trivolva Brun. in A. S. 1893, 186, 42–44.
Valves lanceolate with bluntly rounded or more rarely, slightly produced ends; raphe slightly curved in the middle, axial area very narrow; central area small, circular; valve surface faintly punctate-areolate, areolae in 3 intersecting systems, loculi numerous, not reaching ends of cell, oblong, with longer sides parallel to transverse axis. Length, 70–120μ.
Distribution. Noumea: Beach sand, Bai de Citron. Tropical species from Indian and Pacific Oceans.
110. Mastogloia euxina Cl. (Pl. 53, Fig. 117.)
-
Cl. 1892, 160, 23, 9, 1895, 58.
-
Hust. 1933, 550, 980.
Valves lanceolate, with slightly constricted or acute ends; raphe strongly curved; axial areas narrow, central area extended into an H-shaped hyaline area with scattered puncta; striae extending about half way across valve; longitudinal striae further apart than transverse striae, loculi small, numerous, even, not reaching apex Length, 60–90μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Macquarie, in fish stomachs. Lord Howe I.
111. Mastogloia fallax Cl. (Pl 53, Fig. 53.)
-
Cl. 1895, 153, 2, 16.
-
Hust. 1933, 504, 930.
Valves lanceolate, with tapering, rather sharp ends; raphe slightly bent, central area asymmetric; axial area narrow, transapical striae relatively coarse, with spaced longitudinal striae, loculi 18–20, rectangular, equal in size, not reaching ends, intralocular space contricted, about ¾ along valve axis Length, 45–50μ.
Distribution. Fresh water Australia: Nepean River.
112. Mastogloia fimbriata. (Brightw.) Cl. (Pl. 53, Fig. 119.)
-
Cl. 1895, 148.
-
Hust. 1933, 464, 884.
-
Cocconeis fimbriata Brightw. 1859, 9, 3.
Frustule broadly elliptic, raphe straight or slightly curved; central and apical nodules small; axial area narrow; central area lanceolate to linear; valve surfaces areolate with a double row of puncta divided by striae in the marginal zone; loculi large, polygonal, reaching apices, may be 4 or more in number. Length, 50μ.
Distribution. Australia: Heron I. Lord Howe I.
113. Mastogloia ignorata Hust. (Pl. 53, Fig. 120).
Hust 1933, 506, 932.
Valves elliptic-lanceolate, ends rostrate; in girdle view rectangular with rounded ends; raphe straight; axial area very narrow; central area transverse; striae transverse to radial, longitudinal striae parallel to longitudinal axis; loculi 15–18, not reaching ends, rectangular, of even size. Length, 40–60μ.
Distribution Australia: Nepean River, abundant.
114 Mastogloia lata Hust. (Pl. 53, Fig. 121)
Hust. 1933, 494, 918.
Valves broadly linear-elliptic with almost parallel sides and sharply rounded rostrate ends; raphe straight; axial area narrow; central area small, broadened transapically, surface areolate-punctate in 3 intersecting systems; loculi large, 8–9, not reaching ends, of equal size. Length, 30μ.
Distribution Australia: Heron I.

115. Mastogloia lineata Cl. & Cr. (Pl. 53, Fig. 122)
-
Cl. & Gr. 1891, 59, 9, 11.
-
Hust. 1933–37, 538, 971.
Valves lanceolate-elliptic with somewhat acute to rostrate ends; raphe slightly bent in middle and near central nodule; axial area very narrow; central area small; striae transapical, very fine, broken to form clear longitudinal lines; loculi very small and insignificant, extending almost to apices of cell. Length, 65–80μ.
Distribution. Australia: Bate Bay, at 200 m.
116. Mastogloia mediterranea Hust. 1933. (Pl. 53, Fig. 123)
Hust. 1933, 570, 1005.
Valves linear-lanceolate with acutely rounded ends; raphe straight; axial and central areas very narrow; valve surface with transverse striae interrupted on each side of the median area to form two lanceolate, punctate areas; loculi 2 on each side, near middle of valve. Length, 20–30μ.
Distribution. Australia: L. Macquarie, in fish stomachs, George's Basin.
117. Mastogloia pseudoparadoxa. Hust. (Pl. 54, Fig. 124)
Hust. 1933, 521, 710.
Frustule in valve view ovate-lanceolate with slightly constricted ends; central area broad; striae fine, longitudinal ribs parallel to raphe; loculi, 8–10 larger, about 4 smaller ones on each margin. Length, 75μ.
Distribution. Australia: Cairns. Previously recorded from Borneo and Sumatra.
118. Mastogloia pulchella. Cl. (Pl 54, Fig. 125.)
-
Cl. 1895, 153, 2, 27–29.
-
Hust 1933, 535, 968.
Valves broadly to rhombic-lanceolate with slightly constricted ends; raphe with a lateral curve; axial area narrow; central area ovate; loculi small, numerous, not reaching ends; transapical ribs radiate; longitudinal lines irregular; more numerous towards margin. Length, 50–100μ.
Distribution. Australia. George's Basin and other South Coast estuaries.
119. Mastogloia pumila. (Grun.). Cl. (Pl. 53, Fig. 126)
-
Cl. 1895, 157.
-
Hust. 1933, 553, 983.
-
M. braunii var. pumila Grun. in v. H. 1880, 4, 23.
Valves linear-lanceolate with tapering, rounded ends; raphe straight; axial area narrow; central area rectangular, extended apically to form an H-shaped area, strong radial ribs on transverse axis, longitudinal ribs fine; loculi 6–8, one to three in the middle larger, not reaching ends of cell. Length, 30–40μ.
Distribution. Australia. Very common in brackish water of South Coast estuaries in New South Wales. New Zealand: Lake Ellesmere.
120. Mastogloia rostrata (Wall) Hust (Pl. 54, Fig. 127).
-
Hust. 1933, 572, 1007.
-
Stigmaphora rostrata. Wall 1860, 43, 2, 5, 6.
Valves linear-lanceolate with long; slightly tapering, pointed ends; margins convex in the middle and halfway to ends; raphe straight, areas very narrow; two median loculi on each side, triae faint. Length, 80–90°
Distribution. Planktonic Willis I. Arafura, Coral and Northern Tasman Seas, Indian Ocean.
121. Mastogloia vasta Hust. (Pl. 53, Fig. 128).
Hust. 1933–37, 552, 984.
Valves linear-elliptic with broadly rounded ends; raphe straight; axial area very narrow; central area quadrate with longitudinal extensions forming an H, transapical striae radial; longitudinal striae straight; parallel, loculi about 10, large, rectangular, not reaching ends of cell .Length, 30μ.
Distribution. Australia: Hawkesbury River.
Genus Amphiprora Ehr. 1843.
122. Amphiprora striolata. Grun (Pl. 55, Fig. 170).
Grun. in Cl. & Grun. 1880, 62, 4, 81.

Frustule constricted, ends rounded, stnae marked, ending in a small punctum, girdle also transversely striate Length, 7μ
Distribution. Australia: Port Hacking.
Family Cymbellaceae
Genus Amphora Ehr. 1840
123. Amphora angularis Greg. (Pl. 54, Fig. 129)
-
Greg. 1855, 39, 4, 6.
-
Cl.-Eul. 1953b, 100.
Valves elliptic-lanceolate with constricted middle and bluntly produced ends; girdle with a series of longitudinal lines, finely striate; valves with arcuate dorsal and straight ventral margins; raphe close to ventral margin; punctate transverse striae on dorsal side. Length, 50–60μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Macquarie.
124. Amphora acuta Greg. (Pl. 54, Fig. 130)
-
Greg. 1857, 21, 524.
-
A. S. 1875, 26, 19, 20.
-
Boyer 1927, 265.
Frustules elliptical, truncate; girdle with numerous divisions, striae; valves with arcuate dorsal and straight or almost straight ventral margin; raphe close to ventral margin; central nodule dilated to dorsal margin; ventral side very narrow. Length, 100μ.
Distribution. Australia: Heron Is.
125. Amphora arenaria Donk. (Pl. 54, Fig. 131.)
-
Donk. 1858, 31, 3, 16.
-
A.S. 40, 8–10. Boyer 1927, 269.
Frustules rectangular, with rounded ends, girdle without longitudinal lines, hyaline; valves linear, with rounded dorsal margin and straight or nearly straight ventral margin; raphe biarcuate, near middle of valve; striae very fine. Length, 100–120μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Macquarie, Port Hacking.
126. Amphora bigibba Grun. (Pl. 54, Fig. 132)
-
Grun in
-
A.S. 25, 66, 67, 69, 70–77.
-
Boyer 1927, 261.
Frustules strongly constricted in the middle, with produced, truncate ends; girdle with several longitudinal divisions; valves with straight or slightly biarcuate ventral margin, and rostrate, slightly curved ends, striae with puncta in longitudinal rows; raphe close to ventral margin. Length, 20–35μ.
Distribution. Australia: Bate Bay, at 200 m.
127. Amphora coffaeiformis (Ag.) Kütz (Pl. 54, Fig. 133.)
-
Kutz. 1844, 108.
-
A.S. 1875, 26, 84.
-
Boyer 927, 260.
-
Frustulia coffaeiformis Ag. in Kütz. 1844, 108.
Frustules elliptic-lanceolate, truncate with produced ends; girdle with several longitudinal divisions; valves strongly arcuate on dorsal side, straight or slightly concave on ventral side rostrate or capitate; raphe near ventral margin. Striae fine on dorsal side. Length, 30–50μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Macquarie, Lake Conjola, Port Hacking.
128. Amphora cuneata Cl. (Pl. 54, Fig. 134).
-
A.S. 1875, 39, 29.
-
Cl. 1895, 116, 3, 23–25.
-
Cl.Eul. 1953, 96, 681.
Frustules oblong-elliptical, truncate, indented in the middle; girdle with striate divisions and a hyalme border at constriction; valves narrow, with sinuate dorsal margin, arcuate in the middle and at ends, subcapitate; central nodule dilated; raphe close to ventral margin; striae with puncta in undulating longitudinal rows. Length, 50μ.
Distribution. Australia: Port Hacking.
Amphora egregia A. S. (Pl. 54, Fig. 135).

This illustration is to replace that in Part II (Pl. 7, Fig. 95) which is a form of A. spectabilis.
129. Amphora fasciata Greg. (Pl. 54, Fig. 136)
Greg. 1857, 523, 13, 91.
Frustule barrel-shaped with blunt ends; girdle with numerous striate curved divisions; valves arcuate on dorsal, nearly straight on ventral margins, ends acute; raphe biarcuate; striae well marked. Length, 50μ.
Distribution. Australia: Bate Bay.
130. Amphora graeffii (Grun.) Cl. (Pl. 54, Fig. 137).
-
Cl. 1895, 113.
-
A.S. 25, 40.
Valves with arcuate dorsal and straight to slightly concave ventral sides; ends slightly rostrate; raphe slightly biarcuate, striae almost parallel to transverse axis with ridge between dorsal and ventral margins. Length, 60–70μ.
var. minor Perag.
Perag 1908, 211, 46, 14, 15.
Smaller than type.
Distribution.. Australia: Heron Island.
131.Amphora javanica A.S. (Pl. 54, Fig. 138)
A. S. 1875, 27, 27, 30–33.
Valves with arcuate dorsal and straight ventral margins; raphe biarcuate, almost median; striae coarse, interrupted to form irregular, wavy lines, equally evident on dorsal and ventral sides of raphe; this species is close to A. proteus and belongs to a group which shows a number of intergrades. Length, 50–70μ.
Distribution.. Australia: Lake Macquarie, Port Hacking, and other east coast estuaries.
132. Amphora laevis Greg. (Pl. 54, Fig. 139).
-
Greg. 1857, 514, 74.
-
A. S. 1875, 26, 8–10.
-
Boyer. 1927, 268.
Frustules membranaceous, rectangular in girdle view with slightly constricted middle and rounded or sub-truncate ends; girdle zone with numerous intercalary bands; valves with arcuate dorsal and straight to slightly convex ventral margins and usually a marked stauros; striae fine, but evident. Length, 50μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Mallacoota, Heron Island (muds), Port Hacking (fish stomachs).
133.Amphora libyca Ehr. (Pl. 54, Fig. 140)
-
Ehr. 1840, 205.
-
Cl.-Eul. 1953b, 90, 666 a, b.
Frustules elliptical, broad, truncate; valves lunate, ventral margin slightly concave; raphe slightly biarcuate, central nodule distinct; striae short, interrupted to form longitudinal lines, coarser than in A. ovalis which Boyer (1927) considers to be a synonym. Length, 60μ.
Distribution. New Zealand: Wellington.
134. Amphora macilenta Greg. (Pl. 54, Fig. 141).
-
Greg. 1857, 510, 12, 65.
-
Cl.-Eul. 1953b, 98, 686.
Frustule lanceolate with blunt ends; valves with arcuate dorsal and straight ventral margins, ends capitate, raphe straight, close to ventral margin; striae coarse, puncta faint. Length, 70μ.
Distribution. Australia: Heron Island, Lake Conjola.
135. Amphora obtusa Greg. (Pl. 54, Fig. 142)
-
Greg. 1857, 12, 60.
-
A. S. 1875, 40, 4–7, 11–13.
-
Boyer 1927, 268.
Frustules rectangular, with rounded ends, may be slightly constricted in the middle; girdle with intercalary bands; valves linear, with rounded ends and arcuate dorsal and straight ventral margins, central area forming stauros; raphe biarcuate; striate faint. Length, 100μ.

Distribution. Australia: Botany Bay. New Zealand: Oamaru (Gr. & St. 1887).
136. Amphora ovalis Kütz (Pl. 54, Fig. 143).
-
Kütz 1844, 107.
-
A. S. 1875, 26, 106–111.
-
Boyer 1916, 15, 7; 1927, 254.
Frustules elliptical, broad, truncate; usually no intercalary bands; valves lunate with arcuate dorsal and slightly concave ventral margins; raphe biarcuate; striae evident on both sides of raphe, interrupted but not forming regular longitudinal lines; close to A. proteus and A. libyca. Length, 20–50μ.
Distribution. Australia: Botany Bay.
137. Amphora terroris Ehr. (Pl. 54, Fig. 144).
-
Ehr. 1853, 526.
-
A. S. 1875, 25, 17–19, 32–34.
-
Petit 1877, 19.
-
Boyer 1927, 262.
-
A. cymbifera Greg. 1857, 526.
Frustules elliptical, ends produced, truncate; girdle with intercalary bands; valves with arcuate dorsal, concave ventral margins, capitate raphe straight, near ventral margin; striae indistinctly punctate. Length, 50–60μ.
Distribution. New Zealand: Wellington, Lake Ellesmere, Lyall Bay (Petit 1877).
138. Amphora weissflogii A. S. (Pl. 54, Fig. 145.)
-
A. S. 1875, 25, 58
-
Boyer 1927, 259.
Frustules rectangular, indented in the middle, border narrow, hyaline; girdle with 4 divisions; valves with arcuate dorsal margin slightly indented in centre ventral margin slightly gibbous; ends of valve rostrate-capitate slightly retrorse; central nodule expanded into a stauros expanding towards ventral margin, raphe on ventral margin; striae transverse. Length, 70°.
Distribution. Australia: Bate Bay, at 200 m, Botany Bay (muds).
139. Amphora ostrearia var. vitrea Cl. (Pl. 54, Fig. 146.).
-
Cl. 1895, 129, 4, 5, 6.
-
A. S. 1875, 26, 16, 25.
-
Boyer 1927, 265.
Striae coarsely punctate Pl 54, Fig. 54 replaces Pl 7, Fig. 7. in Part II, which is probably the same species as is represented in A. S. 1875, 27, 59.
140. Amphora turgida Greg (Pl. 54, Fig. 147.).
-
Greg. 1857, 510, 63.
-
Cl.-Eul. 1953b, 100, 691.
Frustule nearly orbicular, with short, square, produced apices; valves nearly semicircular with straight or concave ventral margin and capitate apices; nodule conspicuous; raphe close to ventral margin; striae radiate. Length, 30°.
Distribution. New Zealand: Lake Ellesmere.
141. Amphora sp. (Pl. 54, Fig. 148).
Valves with arcuate dorsal, straight ventral margins; raphe biarcuate, touching ventral margin at centre, striae evident, fine and even, punctate on each side of raphe. Length, 100°
Distribution. Australia: Port Hacking.
Genus Epithemia Breb. 1838.
142. Epithemia gibberula (Ehr). Kutz. (Pl. 54, Fig. 149).
-
Kutz. 1844, 35.
-
Boyer 1927, 490.
-
Eunotia gibberula Ehr. 1843, 125.
-
Rhopalodia gibberula O.M. in A. S. 1905, 253, 23–36.

Frustule elliptic-lanceolate; valves lunate, ends may be rostrate, very variable; costae distant, with intermediate rows of fine puncta. Length, 30–70μ.
Distribution. New Zealand: Wellington, Lake Ellesmere.
143. Epithemia turgida (Ehr.) Kütz (Pl. 54, Fig. 150).
-
Kütz. 1844, 34.
-
Boyer 1916, 31, 14; 1927, 488.
-
Eunotia turgida Ehr. 1838, 190.
Frustule slightly inflated in girdle view, arcuate in valve view, with ends slightly capitate or sub-capitate; costae radiate, alternating with double rows of puncta. Length, 40–120μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Macquarie, in fish stomachs.
144. Epithemia sorex Kütz. (Pl. 54, Fig. 151).
-
Kütz. 1844, 33.
-
Boyer 1927, 489.
Frustule inflated in the middle with capitate ends; valves strongly arcuate on dorsal, slightly concave on ventral side; costae separated by 2 rows of areolae. Length, 45μ.
Distribution. Fresh and brackish water. New Zealand: Wellington.
Genus Rhopalodia O. Müller 1895.
145. Rhopalodia musculus (Kütz.) O. M. (Pl. 54, Fig. 152).
-
O. M. 1895, 278.
-
Epithemia musculus Kütz. 1844, 33, 30, 6.
-
Petit 1877, 20.
-
Boyer 1927, 490.
Frustules elliptical with acute, slightly truncate ends; costae well marked, alternating with rows of finely punctate striae. Length 40–50μ
Distribution. New Zealand: Lake Ellesmere, Lyall Bay. (Petit 1877).
-
var constricta Breb. (Pl 54, Fig. 153).
-
E. constricta Breb. in W. Sm. 1853. Valves slightly constricted in the middle.
Distribution. Australia Lake Macquarie, in fish stomachs. New Zealand: Lyall Bay. (Petit 1877).
Genus Cymbella Ag. 1830
146. Cymbella cesatii (Rab.) Grun. (Pl. 54, Fig. 154).
-
Grun. in A. S. 1881, 71.
-
Navicula cesatu Rab. 1853, 39.
Valves narrow, lanceolate, nearly symmetrical, with subacute ends; raphe nearly central, with terminal nodules distant from ends; axial area narrow, central area rounded; striae punctate closer at ends. Length, 50μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Dobson.
147. Cymbella cistula (Hempr.) vH. 1885, 64.
-
Boyer 1927, 280.
-
Cocconema cistula Hempr. in Ehr. 1838, 224.
Valves arcuate with gibbous ventral margin and rounded or subtruncate ends; terminal fissures reflexed; axial area linear, dilated in middle on dorsal side; striate. Length, 120μ.
-
var maculata (Kütz) A. S. (Pl. 54, Fig. 155).
-
A. S. 1875, 10, 6.
-
C maculata Kutz 1844.
-
Valves broader than in type; no puncta below central nodule.
Distribution. Fresh to brackish water. Australia: Lake Conjola.
148. Cymbella ehrenbergii Kütz. (Pl. 54, Fig. 156)
-
Kütz 1844, 79.
-
Boyer 1927, 275.
Valves lanceolate with sub-rostrate ends, asymmetrical; ventral margin nearly straight; raphe excentric; axial area narrow; central area widened; surface coarsely and radially punctate. Length, 100μ.

Distribution. Fresh water. Australia: Lake Dobson. (Australia,Østrup 1910). New Zealand: Lake Ellesmere, Wainui-o-mata.
149. Cymbella heteropleura (Ehr.) Kütz. (Pl. 54, Fig. 157).
-
Kutz. 1844, 79.
-
Boyer 1927, 278.
-
Pinnularia heteropleura Ehr. 1843, 133.
Valves nearly symmetrical, lanceolate, with rostrate, produced ends, raphe nearly straight; axial area linear, widened in the middle; striae radiate, punctate. Length, 120μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Dobson.
150. Cymbella lanceolata (Ehr.) Brun (Pl. 54, Fig. 158)
-
Brun. 1880, 57.
-
Boyer 1927, 279.
-
Cocconema lanceolatum Ehr. 1838, 224.
Valves cymbiform, with slightly gibbous ventral margin and broad, obtuse or truncate ends, raphe slightly arcuate; axial area very narrow, scarcely widened in the middle; terminal nodules reflexed; surface striate. Length, 120μ
Distribution. Australia: Lake Conjola, Lake Dobson, Kew reservoir, Melbourne (Hardy 1910).
151. Cymbella parva (W. Sm.) Cl.
-
Cl. 1894, 172.
-
Boyer 1927, 281.
-
Cocconema parva W. Sm. 1853, 76.
Valves semi-lanceolate with tapering or slightly produced ends; ventral margin slightly tumid; axial area narrow; central area small: striae coarse. Length, 30–50μ.
-
var hungarica (Grun.) (Pl. 54, Fig. 159).
-
C. hungarica Grun. in A. S. 1875, 38, 10, 16, 17, 71; 37, 38.
-
Pant. 1904, 22, 2, 24, 25.
Ends tapering, raphe bent at ends and middle; 2 puncta in central area.
Distribution. Australia: Nepean River. New Zealand: Manakau Harbour.
Genus Gomphonema Ag. 1824.
152. Gomphonema berggrenii Cl. (Pl. 54, Fig. 160).
-
Cl. 1894, 185, 5, 7.
-
A. S. 1902, 240, 26, 29.
Frustule in valve view cuneate, tapering to narrow obtuse base and also to capitate apex from half way between it and central nodule; stigma present; central area widened to one side; axial area narrow; raphe curved, striae punctate, broad, parallel to transverse axis to slightly radiate. Length, 40–50μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Dobson. New Zealand: Wellington, Wainuio-mata, Karawara, Pokaraka, Akawa, Waitangi and Rotorua (A. S., 1902, 240, 26–29). Type locations, Waitangi, Rotorua.
153. Gomphonema constrictum Ehr.
Ehr. 1830, 163.
Valves clavate, broad at subtruncate apex and more or less constricted or with sides parallel, gibbous in the middle, narrow end acute; axial area narrow; central area more or less unilateral, with 1 stigma. Length 30–50μ.
Distribution. New Zealand: Wellington water supply.
-
var capitata (Pl. 54. Fig. 161 a, b)
-
as G. capitata Ehr. 1833 by Ehr. 1869 from New Zealand.
Distribution. Australia: Botany swamps.
154. Gomphonema gracile Ehr. (Pl. 54, Fig. 162).
-
Ehr. 1854, 16. A. S. 1902, 236, 16.
-
Boyer 1927, 296.
Valves rhomboid-lanceolate, apex and base subacute; central area narrow; transverse; terminal nodules somewhat distant from ends; striae slightly radiate. Length, 30–50μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Dobson, also in Østrup, 1910.

155. Gomphonema acuminatum f. coronata (Ehr.) Rab. (Pl. 54, Fig. 163)
-
Rab. 1864, 290.
-
G. coronatum Ehr. 1854, 6, 1, 33.
Valves twice constricted with broad cuneate and apiculate apex.
Distribution. Australia: (in Ralfs 1861). New Zealand: Wainui-o-mata, in reservoir.
156. Gomphonema parvulum (Kütz.) vH. (Pl. 54, Fig. 164).
-
v H. 1880, 125.
-
Sphenella parvulum Kütz. 1844, 83.
Valves clavate to cuneate-lanceolate; apex sub-rostrate, acute; base produced to sub-capitate; central area very small, unilateral, one stigma. Length, 30μ.
Distribution. Australia: Botany swamps, Lake Dobson.
Genus Gomphoneis Cleve 1894.
Valves elongate, asymmetrical to transverse axis, axial area narrow; central area rounded, stigma present; radiating costae alternate with double rows of fine puncta; indistinct longitudinal line near border; this and the alternating costae and puncta distinguish this genus from Gomphonema.
157. Gomphoneis mamilla (Ehr.) Cl. (Pl. 54, Fig. 165)
-
Cl. 1894, 26, 73.
-
Boyer. 1927, 299.
-
Gomphonema mamilla Ehr. 1854, 37.
Valves lanceolate with narrow apex and rounded base; axial area linear; raphe oblique; central area slightly dilated; stigmas 1–4; costae alternating with double rows of puncta.
Distribution. Australia: Botany Bay. New Zealand: Dunedin.
Genus Caloneis Cleve 1894
Valves more or less convex, linear to linear-lanceolate, sometimes panduriform or constricted, with transverse, smooth or finely punctate striae crossed by one or more longitudinal lines which represent a division between the plane of the central portion of the valve and the outer or convex part; this may be indistinct or broad and obvious.
158. Caloneis amphisbaena (Bory) Cl.
-
Cl. 1894, 26, 58.
-
Boyer 1927, 314.
-
Navicula amphisbaena Bory 1824.
Valves elliptical with rostrate-capitate ends; area broad, rhombic-lanceolate; striae radiate; raphe median. Length, 70μ.
Distribution. New Zealand (Ehr. 1869).
var. subsalina (Donk.) Cl. (Pl. 54, Fig. 166).
-
Cl. 1894, 26, 58.
-
A. S. 1911, 270, 30, 31.
-
Navicula subsalina Donk. 1871, 24, 4, 2. Valves with rostrate-apiculate ends.
Distribution. Australia: Port Hacking.
159. Caloneis excentrica (Grun.) Boyer (Pl. 55, Fig. 167)
-
Boyer 1927, 312.
-
Navicula excentrica Grun. 1860, 10, 545.
-
C. liber v. excentrica (Grun.) Cl. 1894, 26, 55.
Valves linear with rounded ends; raphe excentric; central area usually unilateral, longitudinal lines double; striae fine. Length, 120μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Macquarie. New Zealand: Lyall Bay (Petit 1877).
160. Caloneis liber (W. Sm.) Cl. (Pl 55, Fig. 168)
-
Cl. 1894, 26, 54.
-
A. S. 1881, 50, 16–40.
-
Boyer 1927, 310.
-
Navicula liber W. Sm. 1863, 48.

Valves oblong-elliptical with rounded ends; axial area very narrow; central area small, orbicular; striae parallel in middle, radial at ends; longitudinal lines median, may be single or double. Length, 150μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Macquarie, Merimbula. New Zealand: Foveaux Strait. (Petit 1877.)
161. Caloneis powellii (Lewis) Cl. (Pl. 55, Fig. 169).
-
Cl. 1894, 26, 63.
-
A. S. 1911, 212, 19–25; 264, 5, 8, 9.
-
Boyer 1927, 317.
-
Navicula powellii Lewis 1861, 13, 65.
Valves linear with cuneate ends; axial area linear; striae smooth, parallel; central area quadrate, uniting with broad longitudinal lines. Length, 50–100μ.
Distribution. Australia: Heron Island.
Family Bacillariaceae
Genus Nitzschia Hass. em. Grun. 1880
162. Nitzschia australis (Perag.) Mann (Pl. 55, Fig. 171)
-
Mann 1937, 63, 6, 1.
-
N. dubia v. australe Perag. 1921, 65, 3, 17–18.
Frustule in valve view elongate, constricted in the middle, tapering to the ends, in keel view with concave sides, obtusely tapering towards ends which are rostrate. Length, 80–100μ
Distribution. New Zealand: Wellington Harbour (recorded by Mann from B.A.N.Z.A.R.E. material).
163. Nitzschia bremenensis Hust. (Pl. 55, Fig. 172).
-
Hust in A.S. 1921, 334, 4–6.
Frustules in girdle view quadrate with rounded ends and a slightly constricted middle, keel puncta obvious; valves lanceolate, slightly constricted and with small subcapitate ends; striae fine. Length, 85μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Conjola.
164. Nitzschia brightwellii Kitt. (Pl. 55, Fig. 173).
-
in Pritch. 1861, 780.
-
A.S. 1921, 330, 1.
Valves linear-ovate with acute ends, slightly constricted in the middle or not; longitudinal fold conspicuous; surface finely punctate and striate, puncta irregular and characteristic. Length, 100μ.
Distribution. Australia. Gippsland Lakes in brackish water.
165. Nitzschia compressa (Bail.) Boyer (Pl. 55, Fig. 174)
-
Boyer 1916, 116, 39, 8; 1927, 496.
-
Pyxidicula compressa Bail. 1850, 2, 40.
Valves elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate, coarsely punctate, fold not obvious, keel puncta very large; differs in shape and coarseness of puncta from N. punctata (W. Sm.) Grun. Length, 30–60μ; v. minor. 25–30μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Dobson.
166. Nitzschia distans Greg.
Frustules in girdle view linear, slightly dilated at ends with minute hyaline elevation; valves lanceolate, subacute; keel puncta at irregular intervals; longitudinal lines on each side of keel. Length, 100μ.
-
var. tumescens Grun. (Pl. 55, Fig. 175).
-
Grun. in Cl. & Grun. 1880, 87.
-
A.S. 1921, 334, 3.
Keel puncta distant; hyaline elevations at ends of valves more evident in girdle view than in type. Length, 130μ.
Distribution. Australia: Bate Bay, at 200 m.
167. Nitzschia gracilis Hantz. (Pl. 55, Fig. 176).
-
Hantzsch 1859, 40, 6–8.
-
Hust. in A.S. 1924, 349, 34–37.

Valves fusiform, slender, slightly sigmoid; striae somewhat coarse, marginal, longitudinal fold more or less hyaline; keel puncta regular, conspicuous. Length, 120μ.
Distribution. New Zealand: Lake Ellesmere.
168. Nitzschia graeffii Grun. (Pl. 55, Fig. 177).
-
in Cl. 1878, 20.
-
A. S. 349, 42.
-
Boyer 1927, 501.
Valves linear, broad, constricted in the middle with cuneate ends; longitudinal fold broad, striate, striae transverse, punctate. Length, 100–200μ.
Distribution. Australia: Heron Island.
169. Nitzschia granulata Grun. (Pl. 55, Fig. 178).
-
Grun. 1880, 395, 12, 7.
-
A.S. 330, 4–9
-
Boyer 1927, 496.
Valves elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate; striae in double rows on keel margin, puncta on valve surface in transverse rows, large, more distant in centre. Length, 35μ.
Distribution. Australia: Bate Bay, at 200 m.
170. Nitzschia lorenziana Grun. (Pl. 55, Fig. 179).
-
Grun. in Cl. & Grun. 1880, 101.
Valves narrow, fusiform with ends in opposite directions; keel puncta indefinite or irregular, the two median distant; striae distinct in the middle, closer at ends. Length, 150μ.
Distribution. Australia; Heron Island.
171. Nitzschia panduriformis Greg. (Pl. 55, Fig. 180).
-
Greg. 1857, 529, 14, 102.
-
A.S. 1921, 331, 19, 21.
-
Boyer 1927, 497.
Valves elliptical with median constriction and sub-cuneate to acuminate ends; longitudinal fold distinct, hyaline or punctate; striae transverse and oblique at an angle of about 60 degrees. Length, 80–120μ.
Distribution. Australia: Port Hacking, Bate Bay.
172. Nitzschia polaris Grun. (Pl. 55, Fig. 181).
-
Grun. 1884, 106.
-
A.S. 1921, 347, 4, 7.
-
Boyer 1927, 519.
Frustules linear, ends truncate; valves linear with slightly produced ends, obtuse; keel puncta distinct, large, striae fine. Length, 50–100μ.
Distribution. New Zealand: Wellington Harbour.
173. Nitzschia punctata (W. Sm.) Grun. (Pl. 55, Fig. 182).
-
Grun. in Cl. & Grun. 1880, 69.
-
A.S. 1921, 330, 10–16.
-
Tryblionella punctata W. Sm. 1883, 36.
Frustules in valve view elliptic-lanceolate, at times with parallel sides, and bluntly tapering towards apex, which is subrostrate; longitudinal fold well marked; striae punctate; puncta coarse in transverse and longitudinal rows, marginal puncta coarse. Length, 25–40μ. Boyer synonymises this with N. compressa, but the latter species has fewer larger puncta and the striae are not so marked.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Conjola.
174. Nitzschia sigma var. rigida Grun. (Pl. 55, Fig. 183).
-
Grun. in O. Schneider 1878, 119.
-
Boyer 1927, 515.
Valves much straighter and more swollen in the middle than type. Length, 100–150μ.
Distribution. New Zealand: Wellington, Lake Ellesmere.
175. Nitzschia subacuta Hust. (Pl. 55, Fig. 184).
-
Hust in A. S. 1922, 348, 81–83.
Valves lanceolate with evenly rounded margins and tapered ends; keel puncta large, not interrupted; striae fine, transverse. Length, 40–50μ.
Distribution. New Guinea (A.S. 1922). New Zealand: Wellington Harbour.

176. Nitzschia tryblionella Hantzsch (Pl. 55, Fig. 185)
-
Hantzsch 1859.
-
Cl. & Grun. 1880, 17, 69.
-
A.S. 1921, 332, 14.
-
Boyer 1927, 495.
-
Tryblionella hantzschiana Grun. 1862, 12, 552.
Valves elliptic-lanceolate with subacute ends; longitudinal fold well marked, keel very excentric; striae coarse, transverse, puncta between striae indistinct. Length, 40–100μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Conjola, Port Hacking, Bate Bay. Java (Grun.). var. levidensis (W. Sm.) Grun. (Pl. 55, Fig. 186).
-
Grun. in v H. 1880–1885, 57, 15–17.
-
A.S. 1921, 332, 20.
-
Tryblionella levidensis W. Sm. 1856, 89.
Frustules smaller than in type; striae finer, valves slightly constricted.
Distribution. Australia: Botany swamps.
-
var victoriae (Grun.) v H. (Pl. 55, Fig. 187)
Valves broad, sometimes slightly constricted with cuneate ends; striae coarse. Length, 55μ.
Distribution. Australia: Bate Bay.
177. Nitzschia vitrea Norm.
-
Norm. 1861, 7.
-
Boyer 1927, 519.
Frustule broadly linear, ends truncate; valves linear, slightly constricted in the middle with produced ends; keel puncta distinct, quadrate, corners rounded, median ones scarcely if at all more distant than the rest. Length, 50–100μ.
-
var. subvitrea (Hust.).
-
N. subvitrea Hust. 1927, 347, 18, 19 (Pl. 55, Fig. 188)
Keel puncta slightly more numerous and irregular, ends more sharply acute.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Dobson.
178. Nitzschia sp. (Pl. 55, Fig. 189)
Valves elliptical, with rounded ends; keel puncta quadrate, striae coarse, with large puncta, longitudinal fold evident. Length, 30μ.
Distribution. Australia: Bate Bay.
179. Nitzschia sp. (Pl. 55, Fig. 190)
Valves linear with subconical, acute ends; keel excentric; keel puncta longer towards middle, with punctate striae between puncta and extending across valve. Length, 150μ.
This species is somewhat similar to N. grandis Kitt, but the keel puncta are different.
Distribution. Australia. Port Hacking, offshore.
Suborder Surirellineae
Family Surirellaceae
Genus Surirella Turpin 1828.
180. Surirella brasiliensis Hust. (Pl. 55, Fig. 191).
-
Hust. in A.S. 1927, 368, 7.
Frustules in valve view oval, one end acute; costae distinct, thicker near central area; central area fusiform with transverse striae sometimes interrupted; bounded by transversely striate margin. Length, 80μ.
Distribution. Australia: Merimbula.
181. Surirella eximia Grev. (Pl. 55, Fig. 192).
-
Grev. 1857, 10, 36.
-
A.S. 1925, 364, 3–5, 1927, 365, 7.
Frustule in valve view linear-oblong with rounded ends; median area narrow, linear-lanceolate, transversely striate; about 18 costae on each side. Length, 60μ.
Distribution. New Zealand: Wellington Harbour.
182. Surirella hastata A. S. (Pl. 55, Fig. 193).
-
A. S. 1885, 21, 4.

Frustule in valve view elliptic-lanceolate, striae faintly marked; central area elliptic-lanceolate; central line present slightly more than half valve length. Length, 80μ.
Distribution. Australia (by Weissflog in A.S.). New Zealand: Wellington.
183. Surirella moelleriana Grun. (Pl. 55, Fig. 194).
-
Grun. in A.S. 1876, 23, 36; 56, 21, 22.
-
Boyer 1927, 539.
Valves broadly linear with cuneate ends, apices blunt; valve surface costate, costae more evident near central line than near margin. Length, 45μ.
Distribution. Australia: Bate Bay, at 200 m.
184. Surirella rattrayi A.S. (Pl. 55, Fig. 195).
-
A.S. 1875, 23.
-
Boyer 1927, 543.
Valves linear, slightly constricted in the middle, ends rounded or subcuneate; costae short or indistinctly extending to median line. Length, 120μ.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Dobson.
185. Surirella robusta Ehr. (Pl. 55, Fig. 196).
-
Ehr. 1840, 215.
-
A.S. 1875, 22, 3, 4.
-
Boyer 1927, 537.
Frustule clavate in girdle view, ovate in valve view; central area large, costae just over ½ width of cell.
Distribution. Australia: Kew, Victoria (Hardy, 1910). New Zealand: Wellington.
186. Surirella striatula Turpin (Pl. 56, Fig. 197).
-
Turp 1828, 508.
-
A. S. 1875, 24, 18–22.
-
Boyer 1928, 539.
Frustules cuneate; valves broadly ovate-cuneate, ends rounded; costae few, fine, marginal alae robust; central space linear to lanceolate, variable in distinctness of costae and in central space. Length, 40μ.
Distribution. Australia: Gippsland Lakes. New Zealand: Lake Ellesmere.
187. Surirella tenera var. splendidula A. S. (Pl 56, Fig. 198).
-
A. S. 1876, 23, 4–6.
Valves more ovate than in type; costae more strongly marked; in our form the median line is undulate.
Distribution. Australia: Lake Dobson.
Genus Stenopterobia Breb. 1867.
Frustule linear, straight; valve linear to sigmoid; marginal keel alate; longitudinal area present. This genus has frequently been included as a subgenus of Surirella.
188. Stenopterobia intermedia (Lewis) Hust. (Pl. 56, Fig. 199).
-
Hust in A.S. 1912, 284.
-
Surirella intermedia Lewis 1863, 338.
-
Nitzschia sigmatella Greg. 1858, 38, 4, 2.
Cells solitary; frustules linear, in girdle view straight or slightly sigmoid, widened at the truncate ends; valves linear, sigmoid towards ends, tapering to subacute; costae inconspicuous, reaching the narrow central space, striae distinct. Length, up to 200μ.
Distribution. Australia: Inside Great Barrier Reef, Lake Macquarie, Port Hacking, Lake Dobson. New Zealand. Wellington Harbour, Lyall Bay (Petit 1877).
Genus Podocystis Kütz 1844.
Frustules cuneate, similar to those of Surirella but attached to algae by short stipes; valves obvate; surface costate, costae alternating with punctate striae; the genus resembles Licmophora in valve outline and habitat.

189. Podocystis adriatica Kütz. (Pl. 56, Fig. 200)
-
Kütz. 1844, 62.
-
Boyer 1916, 129, 40, 6; 1927, 547.
Valves pyriform, nearly symmetrical with transverse costae alternating with double rows of puncta, median line distinct. Length, 40μ
Distribution. Australia: Heron Island. New Zealand: Lyall Bay (Petit 1877).
Genus Campylodiscus Ehr. 1841
190. Campylodiscus aequatorialis Meister (Pl. 56, Fig. 201.)
-
Meister 1932, 27, 9, 62.
Valves subcircular; costae distinct, radiating from lanceolate-ovate median space; fine costae may be present between border of median space and median line. Diam. 120μ
Distribution. Australia: Heron Island.
191. Campylodiscus echeneis Ehr. (Pl. 56, Fig. 202 a, b)
-
Ehr. 1841, 206.
-
A. S. 1886, 54, 36.
-
Boyer 1927, 552.
Valves circular; costae indistinct, short, marginal; surface with rows of [ unclear: ] ound or elongate puncta, unequal, at irregular intervals converging towards lanceolate median space. Diameter, 80–120μ
Distribution. Australia: Gippsland Lakes. New Zealand: Wellington and district, Lake Ellesmere, Otago.
192. Campylodiscus sp. (Pl. 56, Fig. 203)
Valves cordate; costae widely spaced, curved, extending inwards about. ½ radius to area which is crossed by strongly curved costae to lanceolate median space. Diameter, 40–50μ. Distribution. Sahul Bank in Timor Sea.
References
Crosby, L. H., and Wood, E. J. F., 1958. Studies on Australian and New Zealand Diatoms, 1—Planktonic and Allied Species. Trans. Roy. Soc. N. Z. 85 (4): 483–530.
—— 1959. Studies on Australian and New Zealand Diatoms. 2—Normally Epontic and Benthic Genera. Trans. Roy Soc. N. Z. 86 (1 and 2): 1–58.
Wood, E. J. F. Crosby, L. H., and Cassie, Viviennd, 1959. Studies on Australian and New Zealand Diatoms 3—Descriptions of Further Discord Species Trans. Roy. Soc. N. Z. 87 (3 and 4): 211–219.
E. J. Ferguson Wood
, M. Sc., B.A.,Division of Fisheries and Oceanography,
C. S. I. R. O., Cronulla,

Studies on Australian and New Zealand Diatoms
V.—The Rawson Collection of Recent Diatoms
[Received by the Editor, November 19, 1959.]
Abstract
The, S. H. Rawson Collection consists of 272 slides of recent diatoms collected in and around Dunedin. The material was mounted and identified by the late Mr. Rawson, and is now the property of the University of Otago. As Mr. Rawson did not publish his work, the author has prepared it for publication, and has taken the opportunity to describe those species which are new records for Australasia. A new Actinoptychus and a Triceratium were identified, but the latte
